Fiat Croma Owner Handbook

Dear Customer,

Thank you for selecting Fiat and congratulations on your choice of a Fiat Croma.

We have written this handbook to help you get to know all your new Fiat Croma features and use it in the best possible way.

You should read it right through before taking the road for the first time.

You will find information, tips and important warnings regarding the driving of your car to help you derive the maximum from yourFiat Croma technological features.

You are recommended to read carefully the warnings and indications, marked with the respective symbols, at the end of the page:

personal safety;

the car’s wellbeing;

environmental protection.

The enclosed Warranty Booklet lists the services that Fiat offers to its Customers:

❒ the Warranty Certificate with terms and conditions for maintaining its validity

❒ the range of additional services available to Fiat Customers.

Best regards and good motoring!

This Owner Handbook describes all Fiat Croma versions. As a consequence, you should consider only the information which is related to the engine and bodywork version of the car you purchased.

001-038 Croma TRW GB 28-09-2007 14:06 Pagina 1

MUST BE READ!

�

K

REFUELLING

Petrol engines: only refuel with unleaded petrol with octane rating (RON) not less than 95.

Diesel engines: only refuel with diesel fuel conforming to the European specification EN590.

Using other products or mixtures may damage the engine beyond repair and cause the forfeiture of the warranty cov-er for caused damages as a consequence.

ENGINE STARTING

Petrol engines: make sure that the handbrake is engaged; set the gearshift lever to neutral (positions P or N withautomatic transmission); fully depress the clutch pedal (or brake pedal with automatic transmission) without press-ing the accelerator, then turn the ignition key to START and release it as soon as the engine has started.

Diesel engines: make sure that the handbrake is engaged; set the gearshift lever to neutral (positions P or N withautomatic transmission); fully depress the clutch pedal (or brake pedal with automatic transmission) without press-ing the accelerator, then turn the ignition key to ON and wait for the Y and m warning lights to go off; turn theignition key to START and release it as soon as the engine has started.

PARKING ON FLAMMABLE MATERIAL

While working, the catalyst develops a very high temperature. Do not park the car over grass, dry leaves, pine nee-dles or any other inflammable materials: risk of fire.

RESPECTING THE ENVIRONMENT

The car is fitted with a system that allows continuous diagnosis of the components correlated with emissions to en-sure better respect for the environment.


ELECTRICAL ACCESSORIES

If, after buying the car, you decide to add electrical accessories (that will gradually drain the battery), visit a FiatDealership. They can calculate the overall electrical requirement and check that the car’s electric system can sup-port the required load.

CODE card

Keep the code card in a safe place, not in the car.

SCHEDULED SERVICING

Correct maintenance of the car is essential for ensuring it stays in tip-top condition and safeguards its safety fea-tures, its environmental friendliness and low running costs for a long time to come.

THE OWNER HANDBOOK CONTAINS…

… information, tips and important warnings regarding the safe, correct driving of your car, and its maintenance. Pay particular attention to the symbols " (personal safety) # (environmental protection) ! (the car’s wellbeing).

�


4

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

INSTRUMENT DASHBOARD........................................... 5

INSTRUMENT PANEL......................................................... 6

SYMBOLS ................................................................................ 8

THE FIAT CODE SYSTEM.................................................. 9

THE KEYS ............................................................................... 10

ALARM .................................................................................... 14

DEAD LOCK DEVICE ......................................................... 16

IGNITION DEVICE .............................................................. 19

ON BOARD INSTRUMENTS ............................................ 20

MULTIFUNCTIONAL DISPLAY ...................................... 22

RECONFIGURABLE MULTIFUNCTIONAL DISPLAY .. 25

DISPLAY FUNCTIONS........................................................ 28

TRIP COMPUTER ................................................................. 36

SEATS....................................................................................... 39

HEAD RESTS.......................................................................... 42

STEERING WHEEL............................................................... 43

REAR VIEW MIRRORS ....................................................... 44

HEATING/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM ................... 47

MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER........................................ 49

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER ................................ 52

EXTERIOR LIGHTS .............................................................. 62

WINDOW CLEANING ...................................................... 65

CRUISE CONTROL ............................................................. 68

CEILING LIGHTS .................................................................. 70

CONTROLS........................................................................... 71

INTERIOR EQUIPMENT..................................................... 74

SUN ROOF............................................................................. 78

DOORS ................................................................................... 81

ELECTRIC WINDOW REGULATORS ........................... 82

BOOT ...................................................................................... 84

ENGINE HOOD ................................................................... 90

ROOF RACK/SKI RACK..................................................... 92

HEADLAMPS.......................................................................... 93

ABS SYSTEM........................................................................... 94

ESP SYSTEM............................................................................ 96

ASR SYSTEM .......................................................................... 97

EOBD SYSTEM ...................................................................... 98

T.P.M.S. SYSTEM.................................................................... 99

CAR RADIO........................................................................... 100

USER PURCHASED ACCESSORIES................................. 101

PARKING SENSORS ............................................................ 102

VEHICLE REFUELLING........................................................ 104

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION................................. 105

DDDAASSHHBBOOAARRDD AANNDD CCOONNTTRROOLLSS


DASHBOARD

The presence and the position of the instruments and warning lights may vary according to the versions.

1. Side air vent - 2. Left steering column stalk: external lights - 3. Instrument panel and warning lights - 4. Right steering columnstalk: windscreen, rear window wiper and trip computer controls - 5. Central air vents - 6. Sound system - 7. Front passenger airbag - 8. Glovebox - 9. Heating/ventilation/climate controls - 10. Gearshift lever - 11. Driver’s knees air bag - 12. Driver’s air bag -13. Cruise control lever - 14. Control unit access door - 15. Control plate.

5

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

F0L0516m

fig. 1


6

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS INSTRUMENT PANEL 1.8 - 1.9 Multijet 8V versions withmultifunctional displayA Speedometer (speed indicator)B Fuel level gauge with reserve

warning lightC Engine coolant temperature gauge

and excessive temperature warninglight

D Rev counterE multifunctional display

mcWarning lights fitted on Multijet versions

tWarning light fitted on versionswith automatic transmission

1.8 - 1.9 Multijet 8V withreconfigurable multifunctional displayA Speedometer (speed indicator)B Fuel level gauge with reserve



D Rev counterE Reconfigurable multifunctional display



F0L0504m

F0L0505m

fig. 2

On versions 1.8 the end scale value of the engine speed indicator is 8000 rpm.



7

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS2.2 - 1.9 Multijet 16V versions - 2.4 Multijet 20V with multifunctionaldisplayA Speedometer (speed indicator)B Fuel level gauge with reserve



D Rev counterE Multifunctional display



2.2 - 1.9 Multijet 16V - 2.4 Multijet 20Vwith reconfigurable multifunctionaldisplay A Speedometer (speed indicator)B Fuel level gauge with reserve






F0L0507m

F0L0506m

fig. 3

On Multijet versions the end scale value of the engine speed indicator is 6000 rpm.



8

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS SYMBOLS

Special coloured labels have been attachednear or actually on some of the compo-nents of your car. These labels bear sym-bols that remind you of the precautionsto be taken as regards that particular com-ponent.

The plate summarising the symbols usedcan be found under the bonnet fig. 4.

fig. 4 F0L0099m


9

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

The electronic components in-side the key may be damagedif the key is submitted to sharpknocks.

OPERATION

Each time the key is fitted into the ignitionswitch, the Fiat CODE system control unitsends a recognition code to the engine con-trol unit to deactivate the inhibitor.The code is sent only if the Fiat CODE sys-tem control unit has recognised the codetransmitted from the key.Each time the ignition key is removed, theFiat CODE system deactivates the func-tions of the engine electronic control unit.If the code has not been recognised cor-rectly, the warning light Y (where pro-vided) turns on accompanied by the relat-ed message on the display (see chapter“Warning lights and messages”).

In this case, the key should be removed andrefitted; if the lock continues, possibly tryagain with the other key provided with thecar. If it is still not possible to start the carcontact a Fiat Dealership.

IMPORTANT Every key has its own code,which must be memorised by the systemcontrol unit. To memorise new keys, up toa maximum of eight, apply to Fiat Dealer-ship.

THE FIAT CODE SYSTEM

To further protect your car from theft, ithas been fitted with an engine immobilisingsystem. This system is automatically acti-vated when the ignition key is removed.

An electronic device, in fact, is fitted in eachignition key grip. The device transmits a ra-dio-frequency signal when the engine isstarted through a special aerial built into theignition switch. The modulate signal, whichchanges each time the engine is started, isthe “password”, by means of which thecontrol unit recognises the key and enablesto start the engine.

Warning light Y coming onwhen driving

❒ If the warning light Y turns on, thismeans that the system is running aself-test (for example for a voltagedrop). At the first stop, turn the igni-tion key to OFF and then back toON: if no failure is detected warninglight Y will not come on.

❒ If the warning light Y stays on, re-peat the procedure described previ-ously leaving the key at OFF for over30 seconds. Should the inconveniencepersists, contact a Fiat Dealership.


10

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS THE KEYS

CODE CARD fig. 5

The car is delivered with two copies of theignition key and with the CODE cardwhich bears the following:

❒ the electronic code A

❒ the mechanical key code B to be giv-en to the Fiat Dealership when order-ing duplicate keys.

IMPORTANT In order to ensure perfectefficiency of the electronic devices con-tained inside the keys, they should never beexposed to direct sunlight.

fig. 5 F0L0002m

All the keys and the CODEcard must be handed over tothe new owner when sellingthe car.


11

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

KEY WITH REMOTE CONTROLfig. 6

This key operates the ignition switch.

Button Ë shall be used for remote open-ing of doors and tailgate and for remotedeactivation of the alarm (where provid-ed).

Button Á shall be used for remote lock-ing of doors and tailgate and for remoteactivation of the alarm (where provided).

Button R shall be used for remoteopening of the tailgate.

When unlocking the doors, the passen-ger’s compartment lights will come on fora preset time.

fig. 6 F0L0100m

Opening the doors and the tailgate

Briefly press button Ë for remote un-locking of doors, tailgate and fuel filler capand simultaneous alarm (where provided)deactivation, timed switching on of the in-ternal ceiling lights and double flashing ofdirection indicators.

Press button Ë for more than 2 secondsto open the windows.

Doors will be unlocked automatically if thefuel inertial cut-off switch comes into op-eration.

The “Set-up menu” on the display (seeparagraph “Multifunction display”) enablesto set the system so that by pressing but-ton Ë, only the driver’s door is unlocked.In this event, to unlock the other doorspress quickly button Ë twice.

IMPORTANT If the remote control doesnot work properly, it is still possible tocarry out the emergency opening proce-dure by using the metal insert set insidethe remote control (see “Emergencyopening using the metal insert of the key”).

Locking the doors and the tailgate

Briefly press button Á for remote lock-ing of doors, tailgate and fuel filler cap andsimultaneous alarm (where provided) ac-tivation, switching off of the internal ceil-ing lights and single flashing of direction in-dicators.

Press button Á for more than 2 secondsto close the windows. If the button isbriefly pressed twice, the dead lock deviceis activated (see paragraph “Dead lock de-vice”).

IMPORTANT If the remote control doesnot work properly, it is still possible tolock the car doors by following the pro-cedure described in paragraph “Emer-gency closing”


12

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

Used batteries are harmful tothe environment. They shouldbe disposed of as specified bylaw in the special containers

provided, or take them to a Fiat Deal-ership, which will deal with their dis-posal.

Opening the tailgate by the remote control

Press button R to open the tailgate byremote control even if the alarm (whereprovided) is on.

Opening the tailgate is accompanied by thedirection indicators flashing twice; clos-ing is accompanied by a single flash (onlyif the alarm is on).

If the alarm is on, when the tailgate isopened the alarm system switches off vol-umetric protection and the tailgateperimetral protection sensor.

When closing the tailgate again, volumet-ric and perimetral protection sensors arerestored.

IMPORTANT If the remote control doesnot work properly, it is however possi-ble to open the tailgate through the me-chanical lever set on the lock inside theboot (see paragraph “Boot” in this sec-tion).

LED signals on door lock buttonfig. 7

When locking the doors, led A switcheson for about 3 seconds and than startsflashing (deterrence function).

Once doors are locked, if one or moredoors or the tailgate are not closed cor-rectly, the led and direction indicatorsstart flashing quickly.

Replacing the battery of the keywith remote control fig. 8

To replace the battery, proceed as follows:

❒ move aside lever A and take out theemergency metal insert B;

❒ take out the battery case C using theemergency metal insert, move asidebattery D and replace it making surethe bias is correct;

❒ refit the battery case C and the emer-gency metal insert B inside the key.

Request for additional remotecontrols

The system can recognise up to 8 keys withincorporated remote control. Should a newkey with remote control be necessary, con-tact a Fiat Dealership, taking with you theCODE card and the keys, a personal iden-tity document and the car’s ownership doc-uments.

fig. 7 F0L00382m fig. 8 F0L0101m


13

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

EMERGENCY CLOSING fig. 11

To lock the doors if the remote controldoes not work properly, proceed as fol-lows:

❒ fit the metal insert into the slot C seton the doors and turn it in the direc-tion of the arrow (as shown in the fig-ure).

IMPORTANT Before carrying out theemergency door locking, check whetherthe independent boot locking function onthe multifunction display set-up menu isoff (see paragraph “Multifunction display”).

EMERGENCY OPENING USINGTHE METAL INSERT

If the remote control does not workproperly (e.g.: battery flat), it is howeverpossible to use the emergency metal in-sert set inside the remote control.

The metal insert operates the driver’s sidelock (the pawl is located under the out-door handle fig. 9).

To use the metal insert set inside the re-mote control, proceed as follows fig. 10:

❒ move aside lever A and take out theemergency metal insert B, at the sametime.

fig. 9 F0L0103m fig. 10 F0L0102m fig. 11 F0L0205m

The metal insert acts on the interested door.

For emergency opening proceed as fol-lows:

❒ raise the handle, fit the metal insert in-to the revolving plug and turn it coun-terclockwise;

❒ remove the key and lower the handle;

❒ raise the handle and open the door.


14

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS ALARM(where provided)

WHEN THE ALARM IS TRIGGERED

The alarm comes into action in the fol-lowing cases:

❒ unlawful opening of one of the doors,bonnet or boot (perimetral protec-tion);

❒ attempt to start the engine with unau-thorised key;

❒ battery cable cutting;

❒ presence of moving bodies in the pas-senger’s compartment (volumetricprotection);

❒ abnormal raising/sloping of the car.

Depending on the markets, the cutting inof the alarm causes operation of the sirenand direction indicators (for about 26 sec-onds). The ways of operating and the num-ber of cycles may vary depending on themarkets.

A maximum number of sound/sight cyclesis however envisaged.

Volumetric and anti-raising protectionscan be cut off by operating the front ceil-ing light controls (see paragraphs “Volu-metric protection sensors” and “Anti-rais-ing sensor” on the following pages).

IMPORTANT The engine immobiliserfunction is guaranteed by the Fiat CODEsystem, which is automatically activatedwhen the ignition key is removed.

HOW TO ACTIVATE THE ALARM fig. 12

With the doors, bonnet and boot shut andignition key to OFF or removed, pointthe key with remote control or removed,point the key with remote control in thedirection of the car, then press and releasethe button Á .

With the exception of certain markets,the system sounds a “beep” and the doorsare locked.

Engagement of the alarm is preceded bya self-diagnostic test. If a fault is detectedthe system sounds a further warning“beep” and the display shows the relevantmessage (see section “Warning lights andmessages”).

In this case, switch the alarm system off bypressing button Ë, check that the doors,bonnet and tailgate are properly shut, thenswitch the system on again by pressingbutton Á.

fig. 12 F0L0100m

If the doors, bonnet and boot are shutcorrectly and the warning “beep” is re-peated, the system self-diagnostics has de-tected a system operating fault. It is there-fore necessary to contact a Fiat Dealer-ship.

IMPORTANT Operating a door with themetal insert of the key will not activate thealarm.

IMPORTANT The alarm is built in com-pliance with the law and regulations of thedifferent destination countries.


15

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSHOW TO DEACTIVATE THE ALARM fig. 12

Press button Ë of the key with remotecontrol.

The system will react as follows (with theexception of certain markets):

❒ two brief flashes of the direction in-dicators;

❒ two brief “beeps”;

❒ door unlocking.

IMPORTANT Operating a door with themetal insert of the key will not activate thealarm.

To deactivate the alarm, turn the ignitionkey to ON.

fig. 13 F0L0171m

VOLUMETRIC PROTECTIONSENSORS

The volumetric sensors are located insidethe front ceiling light in the passenger’scompartment. To make sure that the vol-umetric sensors are working properly,check that doors, boot, bonnet, windowsand sunroof (where provided) are shut.

Anti-raising protectiondeactivation

If it is necessary to switch on the alarmwhen animals or people are in the car,press button A-fig. 13 on the front ceil-ing light to deactivate the volumetric pro-tection.

Deactivation is needed also in the pres-ence of additional independent heater andwhen it is switched on with the remotecontrol.

fig. 14 F0L0172m

ANTI-RAISING SENSOR

The anti-raising sensor detects any ab-normal car raising/sloping, even partial(e.g.: attempt to remove a wheel).

This sensor can detect the smallest carsideslip angle changes, both longitudinallyand transversally. Sideslip angle changeslower than 0.5°/min. (e.g.: slow tyre flat-tening) are not considered).

Anti-raising protectiondeactivation

To deactivate the anti-raising protection(for example when towing the car withalarm on) press button B-fig. 14 on thefront ceiling light. Sensor cut-out stays onuntil activating the central door openingagain.


16

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

Once the dead lock devicehas been actuated, doors

cannot be opened from inside the carin any way whatsoever. For this rea-son, make sure there are no personsleft inside the car.

INDICATIONS OF ATTEMPTS TO BREAK IN

Any attempt to break in is indicated byturning on of warning light Y (if pro-vided) on the instrument panel with therelevant message on the display (see sec-tion “Warning lights and messages”).

HOW TO CUT OFF THE ALARMSYSTEM

To deactivate the alarm system com-pletely (for instance during prolonged in-activity of the car) simply lock the car us-ing the emergency locking.

IMPORTANT To cut-out the alarm if re-mote control batteries are down or thesystem is failing, fit the key into the igni-tion switch and turn it to ON.

DEAD LOCK DEVICE(where provided)

This safety device enables to inhibit:

❒ door internal handles;

❒ button A and B for locking/unlockingthe doors fig. 15;

thus hindering doors opening from insidethe passenger’s compartment in case ofattempt to break-into (e.g. window break-ing).

The dead lock device guarantees the bestprotection against unwanted access.Therefore, it should be actuated everytime the car is parked and left unattend-ed.

fig. 15 F0L0003m

WARNING

If the battery of the key withremote control is down, the

dead lock device can be activated on-ly using the metal insert of the key onthe driver’s side door as described pre-viously: in this case the dead lock de-vice is active only on the rear doors.

WARNING


17

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

Device activation fig. 16

The device is automatically activated onevery door in the following cases:

❒ pressing twice button Á of the keywith remote control

fig. 16 F0L0100m

Device deactivation

The device is deactivated automatically onevery door in the following cases:

❒ when unlocking the doors by the re-mote control;

❒ when unlocking only the driver’s doorby the remote control;

❒ when turning the ignition key to ON.

Device activation is signalled by threeflashes of the direction indicators andflashing of the led on the driver door pan-el (see the table on next page).

Should one of the doors be not perfectlyclosed, the dead lock device is not acti-vated, thus preventing that a person get-ting into the car from the open door re-mains blocked inside the passenger’s com-partment when he/she closes the door.


18

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS The main functions that can be activated with the keys or with the emergency metals insert are the following:

Key with remote control

Emergencymetalinsert

Directionindicatorsflashing (onlywith key withremote control)

LED on door lock button

IMPORTANT The emergency metal insert will unlock only the door.

IMPORTANT Window opening operation is a consequence of a door unlocking control; window closing operation is a consequenceof a door locking control.

Door opening and fuel filler capunlocking

Press brieflybutton Ë

Turn the key in acounter clockwisedirection (driver's side)

2 flashings

Turning offdeterrence led

Door closing and fuel filler caplocking

Pressing brieflybutton Á

Turn the key in a clockwise direction(driver's side)

1 flashing

Turning on fixedfor about 3seconds, followedby deterrenceled flashing

Window opening

Prolonged pressing (over 2 seconds)on button Ë

–

2 flashings

Turning offdeterrence led

Window closing

Prolonged pressing (over 2 seconds) on button Á

–

1 flashing

Deterrence ledflashing

Dead lock(where

provided)

Double pressingon button Á

–

3 flashings

Double flashing,followed bydeterrence ledflashing

Tailgate opening

Pressing on button R

–

2 flashings

–


19

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSIGNITION SWITCH

The key can be turned to 3 different po-sitions fig. 17:

❒ OFF: engine off, key can be removed,steering column locked. Certain elec-trical devices (e.g.: sound system, pow-er windows…) can work.

❒ ON: driving position. All electrical de-vices are powered.

❒ START: engine starting.

The ignition switch is fitted with an elec-tronic safety system that, in the event theengine is not started, turns back the igni-tion key to OFF before repeating thestarting operation.

fig. 17 F0L0004m

If the ignition device is tam-pered with (e.g.: attempted

theft), have it checked over by a FiatDealership as soon as possible.

WARNING

When getting out of the car,always remove the key to

prevent any occupants from acci-dentally activating the controls. Re-member to engage the handbrakeand if the car is parked on uphill slopeto engage the first gear. If the car isfacing downhill, engage the reversegear (position P with automatic trans-mission). Never leave unsupervisedchildren in the car.

WARNING

STEERING COLUMN LOCK

Engaging

The steering column lock will engage 5seconds after removing the key from theignition switch (engine off).

Disengaging

The steering column lock will disengageafter fitting the key into the ignition switch.

IMPORTANT Switching the engine offwhen the car is running will not engage thesteering column lock. The multifunctiondisplay will show the relevant message(see section “Warning lights and Mes-sages”).

IMPORTANT If, after trying to turn theinstrument panel on and/or to start theengine, the display will show the message“Check vehicle protection system”, repeatthe operation rocking the steering wheelto facilitate steering unlocking. Displayingof this message does not impair steeringcolumn lock operation.

IMPORTANT When the vehicle is mo-ving, the electronic key must remain in theignition device. That ensures that the stee-ring lock is disabled during vehicle hand-ling (e.g., when the vehicle is towed).


20

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

When the engine is idling, the rev countermay indicate a gradual or sudden higher-ing of the speed.

This is normal as it takes place during nor-mal operation, for example when activat-ing the climate control system or the fan.In particular a slow change in the speedpreserves the battery charge.

INSTRUMENTS

REV. COUNTER fig. 18

Rev counter shows engine rpm.

The rev. counter end of scale values canvary based on the version.

IMPORTANT The electronic injectioncontrol system gradually shuts off the flowof fuel when the engine is “over-revving”resulting in a gradual loss of engine pow-er.

It is absolutely forbidden tocarry out whatever after-

market operation involving steeringsystem or steering column modifica-tions (e.g.: installation of anti-theftdevice) that could badly affect per-formance and safety, cause the lapseof warranty and also result in non-compliance of the car with homolo-gation requirements.

WARNING

fig. 18 FF0L0512m


21

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

If the needle reaches the redarea, stop the engine immedi-ately and contact a Fiat Deal-ership.

ENGINE COOLANTTEMPERATURE GAUGE fig. 20

The turning on of the warning light B in-dicates that the coolant fluid temperatureis too high; in this case, stop the engineand contact a Fiat Dealership.

This shows the temperature of the enginecoolant fluid and begins working when thefluid temperature exceeds approx. 50°C.

Under normal conditions, the needleshould move to different positions of thescale according to the working conditionsand engine cooling conditions.

FUEL LEVEL GAUGE fig. 19

This shows the amount of fuel left in thefuel tank.

The reserve warning light A turns on toindicate that approx. 7 to 9 litres of fuelare left in the tank.

E - tank empty.

F - tank full (see the indications given inparagraph “At the filling station").

Do not travel with the fuel tank almostempty: the gaps in fuel delivery could dam-age the catalyst.

IMPORTANT If the needle sets at the bot-tom of the scale (low temperature) withwarning light B on, it means that the sys-tem is malfunctioning. Contact a Fiat Deal-ership to have the system inspected.

SPEEDOMETER fig. 21

It shows the engine speed.

The speed indicator end of scale valuescan vary based on the version.

fig. 19 FF0L0513m fig. 20 F0L0514m fig. 21

km/h

F0L0515m


22

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS MULTIFUNCTIONDISPLAY (where provided)

The vehicle may have a multifunctional dis-play that provides the user with useful in-formation, based on what was previouslyset, while driving.

“STANDARD” SCREEN fig. 22The standard screen shows the followingindications:A DateB Odometer (covered km or miles)C ClockD External temperatureE Headlight aiming position (only with

dipped beam headlights on).Note When opening one of the frontdoors, the display will turn on and showfor a few seconds the clock and the km ormi covered.

CONTROL BUTTONS fig. 23

+ To scroll the displayed menu and therelated options upwards or to increasethe value displayed.

MODE Brief press to open the menuand/or to move to next screenor to confirm the option re-quired.

Long press to go back to thestandard screen.

– To scroll the displayed menu and therelated options downwards or to de-crease the value displayed.

Note Buttons + and – activate differentfunctions according to the following situ-ations:

To adjust light inside the passenger compartment

– to adjust instrument panel, sound sys-tem and automatic climate control systemdisplay brightness when standard screenis active.

Setup menu

– to scroll the menu options upwards anddownwards;– to increase or decrease values during set-tings.

F0L0029mfig. 23fig. 22 F0L0071m


23

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSSETUP MENU fig. 24The menu comprises a series of functionsarranged in a “circular fashion” which canbe selected through buttons + and – toaccess the different select operations andsettings (setup) given in the following para-graphs.The setup menu can be activated by press-ing briefly button MODE, only with thecar turned on (with car off, only the re-duced menu can be displayed).Single presses on buttons + or – will scrollthe setup menu options.Handling modes differ with each other ac-cording to the characteristic of the optionselected.

NOTE If the car is equipped with the Ra-dionavigation System, the only functionsthat can be adjusted/set through the in-strument panel display are the following:“Speed limit”, “Automatic headlight day-light sensor” (where provided) and “S.B.R.(Seat Belt Reminder) buzzer reactivation”(where provided). The other functions aredisplayed by and can be adjusted/setthrough the Radionavigation System dis-play.

Selecting a menu option– press briefly button MODE to selectthe menu option to set;– press buttons + or – (by single press-es) to select the new setting;– press briefly button MODE to store thenew setting and to go back to the previ-ously selected menu option.

Selecting “Date” and “Set Clock”:– briefly press button MODE to selectthe first value to change (e.g. hours /min-utes or year / month / day);– press buttons + or – (by single press-es) to select the new setting;– briefly press button MODE to store thenew setting and to go to the next setupmenu option, if this is the last one you willgo back to the previously selected option ofthe main menu.

Press button MODE for long:

– to quit the setup menu and to save on-ly the settings stored yet by the user (andconfirmed by pressing briefly buttonMODE).

The setup menu displaying is timed; whenquitting the menu due to timing expiry,only settings stored yet by the user (andconfirmed by pressing briefly buttonMODE) will be saved.


24

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSDay

Year

MODEbrieflypressbutton

Month

Deutsch

Português

English

Español

Français

Italiano

Nederland

Polski

Example:

BELT BUZZER

SPEED BEEP

HEADL. SENSOR

SET TIMESET DATE

SEE RADIO

KEY

AUTOCLOSE

UNITS

LANGUAGE

BUZZER VOLUME

BUTTON VOL.

EXIT MENU

SERVICE

TRIP B DATA

fig. 24

Example:

MODEbrieflypress button

Briefly press button MODE to start surfing from thestandard screen. To surf the menu use buttons + or –.Note For safety reasons, when the car is running, it ispossible to access only the reduced menu (for settingthe “Speed limit”). When the car is stationary accessto the whole menu is enabled. On cars provided withthe Connect Nav+ system, many functions are displayedon the navigator display.

F0L1195g

Turkçe

Brasilian

PASSENGER BAG

REAR SIDEBAGS

MENU


25

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSRECONFIGURABLEMULTIFUNCTIONDISPLAY (where provided)

The car can be provided with the recon-figurable multifunction display that showsuseful information, according to the pre-vious settings made, necessary when dri-ving.

“STANDARD” SCREEN fig. 25The standard screen shows the followingindications:A TimeB DateC Odometer (displays the kilometres, or

miles, covered)D Vehicle status signals (ex. doors open

or the presence of ice on the road,etc.)

E Headlamp stability position (only withlow beams on)

F External temperatureNote When opening one of the frontdoors, the display will turn on and showfor a few seconds the clock and the km ormi covered.

CONTROL BUTTONS fig. 26

+ To scroll the displayed menu and therelated options upwards or to increasethe value displayed.

MODE Brief press to open the menuand/or to move to next screen or to con-firm the option required.

Long press to go back to the standardscreen.

– To scroll the displayed menu and therelated options downwards or to de-crease the value displayed.

Note Buttons + and – activate differentfunctions according to the following situ-ations: – to adjust instrument panel, sound sys-

tem and automatic climate control sys-tem display brightness when standardscreen is active;

– to scroll the menu options upwards anddownwards;

– to increase or decrease values during set-tings.

F0L0029mfig. 26fig. 25

EF

D C

A B

F0L0518m


26

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS SETUP MENU fig. 27

The menu comprises a series of functionsarranged in a “circular fashion” which canbe selected through buttons + and – toaccess the different select operations andsettings (setup) given below. For certainoptions (Set time and Units) there is a sub-menu.

The setup menu can be activated by press-ing briefly button MODE.

Single presses on buttons + or – will scrollthe setup menu options. Handling modesdiffer with each other according to thecharacteristic of the option selected.

If the car is equipped with Connect Nav+,the only functions that can be adjusted/setthrough the instrument panel display arethe following: “Dimmer”, “Speed Beep”,“Headl. sensor” (where provided), “Beltbuzzer” and “Passenger bag”. The otherfunctions are displayed by and can be ad-justed/set through the Connect Nav+ sys-tem display.

Selecting an option in the main menu without submenu:

– press briefly button MODE to selectthe menu option to set;

– press buttons + or – (by single press-es) to select the new setting;

– press briefly button MODE to store thenew setting and to go back to the previ-ously selected menu option.

Selecting an option in the main menu withsubmenu:

– press briefly button MODE to displaythe first submenu option;

– press buttons + or – (by single press-es) to scroll all submenu options;

– press briefly button MODE to selectthe displayed submenu option and to en-ter the relevant setup menu;

– press buttons + or – (by single press-es) to select the new setting;

– press briefly button MODE to store thenew setting and to go back to the previ-ously selected submenu option.


27

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

Day

Year MonthEnglish

Portugês

Español

Français

Deutsch

Italiano

SEAT BELT BUZZER

TRIP B DATA

SET DATE

SEE RADIO

KEY

AUTOCLOSEUNITS

LANGUAGE

BUZZER VOLUME

BUTTON VOLUME

SERVICE

Briefly press button MODE to start surfing from the standardscreen. To surf the menu use buttons + or -. Note For safe-ty reasons, when the car is running, it is possible to access on-ly the reduced menu (for setting “Dimmer” and “Speed Beep”).When the car is stationary access to the whole menu is enabled.On cars provided with Connect Nav+ many functions are dis-played on the navigator display.

Example:

fig. 27

FF0L4023g

SET TIME

HEADLAMP SENSOR

SPEED BEEPEXIT MENU

Nederlands

PASSENGER AIRBAG

Turkçe

Brasilian

MODEbriefly press button

MODEbriefly press button

REAR SIDEBAGS

MENU


28

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

Note The possible setting is between 30and 250 km/h, or between 20 and 155mph depending on the unit set previous-ly (see “Distance unit (Dist. Unit)” para-graph described later. Every press on but-ton +/– increases/decreases by 5 units.Keeping the button +/– pressed obtainsthe automatic fast increase or decrease.When you are near the required settingcomplete adjustment by single presses.

– briefly press button MODE to go backto the menu screen or press the buttonfor long to go back to the standard screenwithout storing settings.

To cancel the setting, proceed as follows:

– briefly press button MODE: (On) willflash on the display;

– press button – : (Off) will flash on thedisplay;


Speed Beep (Speed limit)

With this function it is possible to set thecar speed limit (km/h or mph); when thislimit is exceeded the driver is immediate-ly alerted (see section “Warning lights andmessages”).

To set the speed limit, proceed as follows:

– briefly press button MODE, the displaywill show wording (Speed Beep);

– press button + or – to select activation(On) or deactivation (Off) of the speedlimit;

– if selecting (On), press button + or –to select the required speed limit and thenpress MODE to confirm.

DISPLAY FUNCTIONS(see Multifunctional display or Reconfigurable multifunctional display)


29

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSHeadlamp sensor (Automatic headlight sensorsensitivity adjustment) (where provided)

With this function it is possible to adjustthe light sensor sensitivity according to 3levels (level 1 = min. level, level 2 = av-erage level, level 3 = max. level); the high-er the sensitivity is, the lower is the ex-ternal light intensity required to switch onthe lights.

To set the light level required, proceed asfollows:

– briefly press button MODE, the previ-ously set level will flash on the display;

– press button + or – to select the re-quired level;


Trip B data (Trip On/Off)

Through this option it is possible to acti-vate (On) or deactivate (Off) the Trip B(partial trip).

For further information see “Trip com-puter”.

For activation / deactivation, proceed asfollows:

– briefly press button MODE: On or Offwill flash on the display according to pre-vious setting;



Set time (Setting the clock)

This function enables to set the clockthrough two sub-menus: “Time” and“Mode”.Proceed as follows:– briefly press button MODE, the displaywill show the two submenus “Time” and“Mode”;– press button + or – to scroll the twosubmenus;– select the required submenu and thenpress briefly MODE;– if selecting “Time”: briefly press buttonMODE, “hours” will flash on the display;– press button + or – for setting;– press button MODE, “minutes” willflash on the display;– press button + or – for setting.


30

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS Note Every press on button + or – in-creases/decreases by 1 unit. Keeping thebutton pressed obtains automatic fast in-crease or decrease. When you are nearthe required setting complete adjustmentby single presses.– if selecting “Mode”: briefly press but-ton MODE, “24h” or “12h mode willflash on the display;– press button + or – to select “24h” or“12h”.

After setting, briefly press button MODEto go back to the submenu screen orpress the button for long to go back to themain menu screen without storing set-tings.

– press again button MODE for long togo back to the standard screen or to themain menu according to the current menulevel.

Set date (Setting the date)

This function enables to update the date(day – month – year).

To correct the date proceed as follows:

– briefly press button MODE: “year” willflash on the display;

– press button + or – for setting;

– briefly press button MODE: “month”will flash on the display;


– briefly press button MODE: “day” willflash on the display;

– press button + or – for setting.

Note Every press on button + or – in-creases/decreases by 1 unit. Keeping thebutton pressed obtains automatic fast in-crease or decrease. When you are nearthe required setting complete adjustmentby single presses.


See radio (Audio repetition)

With this function the display repeats in-formation relevant to the sound system.

– Radio: selected radio station frequencyor RDS message, automatic tuning acti-vation or AutoSTore;

– audio CD, MP3 CD: track number;

– CD Changer: CD number and tracknumber;

– Cassette: operating method.

To activate (On) or to deactivate (Off)sound system info displaying proceed asfollows:





31

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSKeyWith this function it is possible to decidethe door opening mode by selecting oneof the following options:– open doors: to unlock all doors, exceptthe tailgate– open driver’s door (op. drv. door): tounlock just the driver’s door (where pro-vided)– open all: to unlock every door includ-ing the tailgateThe car is delivered with this function in“Open all” mode.Proceed as follows:– briefly press button MODE, the previ-ous setting will flash on the display;



Autoclose (Automatic centraldoor locking when travelling)

When activated (On), this function locksautomatically the doors when the carspeed exceeds 20 km/h.

To activate or to deactivate this functionproceed as follows:

– briefly press button MODE to displaythe submenu;



– briefly press button MODE to go backto the menu screen or press the buttonfor long to go back to the standard screenwithout storing settings;

– Press again button MODE for long togo back to the standard screen or to themain menu according to the current menulevel.

Units (Setting units)

With this function it is possible to set theunits through the submenu: “Distances”,“Consumption” and “Temperature”(where provided).

To set the required unit proceed as fol-lows:

– briefly press button MODE, the displaywill show the submenus;

– press button + or – to scroll the sub-menus;

– select the required submenu and thenpress briefly button MODE;

– if selecting “Distances”: pressing buttonMODE briefly, the display will show “km”or “mi” according to previous setting;


– if selecting “Consumption”: briefly pressbutton MODE the display will show“km/l”, “l/100km” or “mpg” according toprevious setting;


32

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS If the distance unit set is “km” the fuel con-sumption unit will be displayed in km/l orl/100km.

If set unit is “mi” the display will show fu-el consumption in “mpg”.


– if selecting “Temperature”: pressing but-ton MODE briefly, the display will show“°C” or “°F” according to previous set-ting;

– press button + or – to select the re-quired level.

After setting, briefly press button MODEto go back to the submenu screen orpress the button for long to go back to themain menu screen without storing set-tings.

– press again button MODE for long togo back to the standard screen or to themain menu according to the current menulevel.

Language (Selecting the language)

Display messages can be shown (after set-ting) in different languages: Italian, German, English, Spanish, French, Portuguese, Pole(where provided) Turkish and Brazilian.

To set the required language proceed asfollows:

– briefly press button MODE: the previ-ously set “language” will flash on the dis-play;



Buzzer volume (Setting the buzzer volume)

With this function the volume of thebuzzer accompanying any failure/warningindication can be adjusted according to 8levels.

To adjust the volume proceed as follows:

– briefly press button MODE: the previ-ously set volume “level” will flash on thedisplay;




33

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSButton volume(Adjusting the button volume)

With this function the volume of theroger-beep accompanying the activationof buttons MODE, + and – can be ad-justed according to 8 levels.

To adjust the volume proceed as follows:

– briefly press button MODE: the previ-ously set volume “level” will flash on thedisplay;



Seat belt buzzer (S.B.R. buzzer reactivation)

This function can be only displayed afterFiat Dealership has deactivated the S.B.R.system (see paragraph “S.B.R. system” insection “Safety devices”).

Service (Scheduled Servicing)

This function displays information relat-ed to kilometric or time based frequen-cies for maintenance checks.

Proceed as follows:

– briefly press button MODE: service inkm or mi, according to previous setting,will be displayed (see paragraph “Distanceunit”);


Note The “Service schedule” includes carmaintenance every 30,000 km (or 18,000miles) or every year; this is shown auto-matically, with the ignition key at ON,starting from 2,000 km (or equivalent val-ue in miles) or 30 days from this deadlineand it is shown again every 200 km (orequivalent value in miles). Below 200 kmservicing indications are displayed morefrequently. Servicing indication will be dis-played in km or mi according to previoussetting. When a programmed maintenanceinterval (coupon) is near to come, turningthe ignition key to ON, the display willshow the message “Service” followed bythe number of km/mi or days to go beforecar servicing. Contact a Fiat Dealership tocarry out any service operation providedby the “Service schedule” and to reset thedisplay.


34

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS Passenger airbag Turning the passenger side frontand side chest protection air bagson/off (Side Bags) (if foreseen) fig. 28

This function is used to turn the passen-ger side front and side chest protectionair bags on/off (Side Bags).

Proceed as follows:

– press button MODE and, after display-ing of messages (Passenger airbag: off) (todeactivate) or (Passenger airbag: on) (toactivate) by pressing buttons + and –,press again button MODE;

– display will show the confirmation mes-sage;

– press buttons + or – to select (Yes) (toconfirm activation/deactivation) or (No)(to abort);

– briefly press button MODE, to displaythe confirmation message and to go backto the menu screen or press the buttonfor long to go back to the standard screenwithout storing settings.

MODEMODE

MODE

F0L4

016g

F0L4

014g

F0L4

015g

MODE

F0L4

011g

F0L4

012g

+–

+–

+–

+–

F0L4

013g

fig. 28


35

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSRear SidebagsTurning the rear side chestprotection air bags on/off (Rear side bags) (if foreseen) fig. 29

This function is used to turn the rear sidechest protection air bags on/off (Rear SideBags).

Proceed as follows:

– press the MODE button and, after dis-playing the message on the screen (RearSidebags: off) (to turn off) or the message(Rear Sidebags: on) (to turn on) using the+ and – buttons, press the MODE but-ton again;

– display will show the confirmation mes-sage;

– press buttons + or – to select (Yes) (toconfirm activation/deactivation) or (No)(to abort);

– briefly press button MODE, to displaythe confirmation message and to go backto the menu screen or press the buttonfor long to go back to the standard screenwithout storing settings.

MODEMODE

F0L4

022g

F0L4

020g

F0L4

021g

MODE

F0L4

017g

F0L4

018g

+–

+–

+–

+–

F0L4

019g

MODE

fig. 29


36

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS Exit Menu

This is the last function that closes the cir-cular setting cycle listed in the initial menuscreen.

Briefly press button MODE to go back tothe standard screen without storing set-tings.

Press button – to return to the first menuoption.

Both functions are resettable (reset - startof new mission).

“General Trip” displays the figures relat-ing to:

– Range

– Trip distance

– Average consumption

– Instant consumption

– Average speed

– Travel time (driving time).

“Trip B” (only available on reconfigurablemultifunction display), displays the figuresrelating to:

– Trip distance B

– Average consumption B

– Average speed B

– Travel time B (driving time).

Note The “Trip B” function can be ex-cluded (see paragraph “Trip B On/Off”).“Range” cannot be reset.

TRIP COMPUTER(where provided)

General features

The “Trip computer” is provided on carsfitted with multifunction display or re-configurable multifunction display. The “Trip computer” displays information(with ignition key at ON), relating to theoperating status of the car. This functioncomprises the “General trip” concerningthe “complete mission” of the car (jour-ney) and “Trip B”, (only available on re-configurable multifunction display), con-cerning the partial mission of the car; thislatter function (as shown in fig. 31) is “con-tained” within the complete mission.


37

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSValues displayed

Range

Estimated distance which can be travelledwith the fuel currently in the tank, keep-ing the same driving style. The display willshow “----” in the following cases:

– value lower than 50 km (or 30 mi)

– car left parked with engine running forlong.

IMPORTANT The variation of the auton-omy value can be influenced by differentfactors: driving style (see what is describedin paragraph “Driving style” in the chap-ter “Start-up and driving”), type of route(highways, urban, mountain, etc…), useconditions of the car (load transported,tire pressure, etc…). What was describedpreviously must be taken in considerationwhen planning a trip.

Trip distance

This value shows estimated distance cov-ered from the start of the new mission.

Average consumption

Average fuel consumption since the startof the new mission.

Instant consumption

This value shows instant fuel consumption(this value is updated second by second).If parking the car with engine on, the display will show “----”.

Average speed

This value shows the car average speed asa function of the overall time elapsed sincethe start of the new mission.

Travel time

This value shows the time elapsed sincethe start of the new mission.

IMPORTANT Lacking information, Tripcomputer values are displayed with “----”.When normal operating condition is re-set, calculation of different units willrestart regularly. Values displayed beforethe failure will not be reset.

TRIP button fig. 30Button TRIP, set on the top of the rightsteering column stalk, shall be used (withignition key at ON) to display and to re-set the previously described values to starta new mission:– short push to display the different val-ues– long push to reset and then start a newmission.

New mission

New mission starts after:– “manual” resetting by the user, by press-ing the relevant button;– “automatic” resetting, when the “Trip dis-tance” reaches 9999.9 km or when the“Travel time” reaches 99.59 (99 hours and59 minutes);– after disconnecting/reconnecting thebattery.


38

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS IMPORTANT The reset operation in thepresence of the screens concerning the“General Trip” makes it possible to resetalso the “Trip B”. The reset operation inthe presence of the screens concerningonly the “Trip B” makes it possible to re-set only the information associated withthis function.

Start of journey procedure

With ignition key at ON, press and keepbutton TRIP pressed for over 2 secondsto reset.

F0L0070mfig. 30

Reset TRIP BEnd of partial mission

Start of new partial missionEnd of partial mission

Start of new partial mission

Reset TRIP BEnd of partial mission

Start of new partial mission

Reset GENERAL TRIPEnd of complete mission

Start of new mission

Reset GENERAL TRIPEnd of complete mission

Start of new mission

End of partial mission Start of new

partial mission

Reset TRIP B

Reset TRIP B

TRIP B

TRIP B

TRIP B

GENERAL TRIP

˙

˙

˙

˙ ˙

˙

˙ ˙

fig. 31


SEATS

MANUALLY ADJUSTABLEFRONT SEATS fig. 32

Moving the seat backwards or forwards

Lift the lever A and push the seat forwardsor backwards: in the driving position thearms should rest on the rim of the steer-ing wheel.

Height adjustment

Move repeatedly lever B upwards ordownwards to achieve the requiredheight.

IMPORTANT Adjustment must be car-ried out only seated in the driver’s seat.

Back rest angle adjustment

Turn the knob C.

39

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

fig. 32 FF0L0376m

For maximum safety, keepthe back of your seat up-

right, lean back into it and make surethe seat belt fits closely across yourchest and hips.

WARNING

Only make adjustmentswhen the car is stationary.

WARNING

Once you have released thelever, check that the seat is

firmly locked in the runners by tryingto move it back and forth. Failure tolock the seat in place could result inthe seat moving suddenly and the dri-ver losing control of the car.

WARNING

Lumbar adjustment (where provided)

To adjust, turn the knob D.

Fabric upholstery of your caris purpose-made to withstandcommon wear resulting fromnormal use of the car. It is

however absolutely necessary to pre-vent hard and/or prolonged scratch-ing/scraping caused by clothing acces-sories like metallic buckles, studs, “Vel-cro” fixings, etc. that stressing locallythe fabric could break yarns and dam-age the upholstery as a consequence.


Seat warming fig. 34

With ignition key at ON, press button Fto switch the seat warming on/off. The ledon the button will light up when the func-tion is on.

40

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

Tilting the back rest (where provided) fig. 33

Move repeatedly lever E upwards ordownwards to achieve the required po-sition.

IMPORTANT Adjustment must be car-ried out only seated in the driver’s seat.


Front passenger’s seat “table” tilting (where provided) fig. 35

To tilt the seat, lift lever A and fold theback rest at the same time.

To reset it to normal position, operatelever A and at the same time raise theback rest until hearing the coupling/lock-ing click.


ELECTRICALLY ADJUSTABLEFRONT SEATS (where provided) fig. 36

Adjustment is possible when the ignitionkey is at ON or within 1 minute with ig-nition key at OFF or removed, or forthree minutes after opening the doors.

Moving the seat backwards orforwards and seat heightadjustment

Use control A.

Back rest angle adjustment

Use control B.

Height adjustment

Use control A to adjust the height of thefront or rear part of the seat.

fig. 36 F0L0173m

41

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSStoring the driver’s seat positions

The system allows to store and recall (only with ignition key at ON) three dif-ferent driver’s seat and door mirror po-sitions.

Proceed as follows:

❒ adjust the driver’s seat and door mir-ror positions;

❒ press for about 3 seconds one of thebuttons D (“1” , “2” or “3”), corre-sponding to each of the stored posi-tions until hearing the confirmationbeep.

Storing a new position (seat and mirror)will automatically clear the one storedpreviously using the same button.

IMPORTANT The lumbar adjustment andthe seat warming function are not con-trolled by the seat position storing system.

Recalling stored positions

Proceed as follows:

❒ turn the ignition key to ON;

❒ press (by pulse) button D (“1” , “2” or“3”).

The seat will move automatically, only ifthe position to be reached is differentfrom the current one and the car speed islower than 10 km/h.

Seat moving is possible within 1 minute af-ter removing the key from the ignitionswitch or within three minutes after open-ing the doors.

Should engine be started during the re-calling phase, seat moving will be tem-porarily stopped.

IMPORTANT Pressing any of the D but-tons during the recalling stage, causes im-mediate stop of the function being per-formed (“antipanic” mode).

Seat warming (where provided)

Use control C to switch seat warmingon/off. Seat warming can be adjusted ac-cording to four different levels: 0 (off), 1(min. warming), 2 (average warming), 3(max. warming).


42

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

REAR SEATS

Releasing the back rest fig. 37

❒ lift lever A or B to release respectivelythe left or the right section of the backrest and guide it onto the cushion.

fig. 37 F0L0009m

Only make adjustmentswhen the car is stationary.

WARNING

HEAD RESTRAINTS

FRONT fig. 38

Head restraints are adjustable in heightand they lock automatically in the requiredposition.

❒ to raise: raise the head restraint untilhearing the locking click.

❒ to lower: press button A and lowerthe head restraint.

REAR fig. 39

Rear seats are fitted with three head re-straints.

To lift out rear head restraints: press atthe same time buttons B set on both sidesand take them out from the seat back.

IMPORTANT Rear seat passengers shallalways set the head restraints in the po-sition of use.

fig. 38 F0L0010m

fig. 39 F0L0011m

Remember that the head re-straints should be adjusted

to support the back of your head andnot your neck. Only in this positiondo they exert their protective action.

WARNING


43

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

To optimise head restraintprotective action, adjust the

seat back upright and keep your headas close as possible to the head re-straint.

WARNING STEERING WHEEL

The driver can adjust the steering wheelposition both axially and in height.

Proceed as follows fig. 40

❒ release the lever pushing it forwards(position 1);

❒ adjust the steering wheel as required;

❒ lock the lever pulling it towards thesteering wheel (position 2).

Any adjustment of the steer-ing wheel position must be

carried out only with the car station-ary and the engine turned off.

WARNING

It is absolutely forbidden tocarry out whatever after-

market operation involving steeringsystem or steering column modifica-tions (e.g.: installation of anti-theftdevice) that could badly affect per-formance and safety, cause the lapseof warranty and also result in non-compliance of the car with homolo-gation requirements.

WARNING

fig. 40 F0L0392m


44

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

fig. 41 FF0L0012m

REARVIEW MIRRORS

DRIVING MIRROR fig. 41

The mirror is fitted with a safety devicethat causes it to be released in the eventof a violent crash.

It can be moved using the lever A to twodifferent positions: normal or antiglare.

ELECTRO-CHROMIC DRIVINGMIRROR fig. 42

Certain versions are fitted with automat-ic antiglare electro-chromic mirror. Theelectro-chromic function is turned on/offby pressing button ON/OFF in the low-er section of the mirror. When this func-tion is on, the mirror led will turn on.When engaging reverse, the mirror will al-ways set to daylight colouring.

DOOR MIRRORS fig. 43

Electrical adjustment

This operation is only possible with igni-tion key at ON.

Proceed as follows:

❒ use switch B to select the mirror re-quired (left or right);

❒ to adjust the mirror move the switchC in the four directions;

Adjust mirrors with car stationary andhandbrake on. Mirror defrosting starts au-tomatically when switching the heatedrear window on.

Storing the “parking” position ofthe door mirror on the passengerside

To improve visibility during parking ma-noeuvres when engaging the reverse gear,the driver can adjust/move (and store) thepassenger door mirror to a position dif-ferent from that used during normal run-ning.

fig. 42 F0L0310m

fig. 43 F0L0386m


45

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSTo store the required mirror positionproceed as follows:

❒ engage reverse with car stopped andignition key to ON;

❒ turn selector B (to select the passen-ger door mirror);

❒ use selector C to adjust the passengerdoor mirror as required to obtain bestposition for parking manoeuvres;

❒ keep one of the seat storing/recallingbuttons pressed for 3 seconds at least;

Together with the passenger door mirror“parking” position, also the driver seat anddoor mirror positions will be stored.

The sound of a buzzer confirms that themirror position has been stored.

Recalling the “parking” position ofthe passenger door mirror

To recall automatically the “parking” po-sition of the passenger door mirror, pro-ceed as follows:

❒ engage reverse with car stopped andignition key to ON;

❒ turn selector B to select the passen-ger door mirror; the mirror will setautomatically to the previously storedposition.

If no parking position has been stored,when engaging reverse the passenger doormirror will slightly lower to aid the dri-ver during parking.

The mirror will automatically return to itsoriginal position in the following cases:

❒ 10 seconds after disengaging reverse;

❒ when the car speed exceeds 10 km/hin forward gear ;

❒ when turning selector B to neutral po-sition or to driver mirror position.

IMPORTANT “Parking” position can on-ly be stored or recalled with ignition keyat ON.

Automatic door mirrorrealignment

Each time the ignition key is turned toON, door mirrors return automatically tothe last position set and/or recalled at lastremoval of the electronic key.

This enables mirror alignment if whenleaving the car parked one of the doormirrors has been moved manually and/oraccidentally.


46

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

Manual folding fig. 44

When required (for example when themirror causes difficulty in narrow spaces)it is possible to fold the mirrors movingit from position A to position B.

fig. 44 F0L0015m fig. 45 F0L0387m

Powered folding(where provided) fig. 45

When required (for example when themirror causes difficulty in narrow spaces)it is possible to fold the mirrors by press-ing button C.

To reset mirrors to driving position, pressbutton C again.

When driving the mirrorsshall always be in position A.

WARNING

As the driver’s door mirror iscurved, it slightly alters the

perception of distance.

WARNING


47

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSHEATING/CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM

1 Fixed side vents - 2 Adjustable side outlets - 3 Fixed upper vent - 4 Fixed central vent - 5 Central swivel vents - 6 Lower vents -7 Lower vents for rear seats - 8 Adjustable vents for rear seats.

F0L0359mfig. 46


48

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

fig. 47 FF0L0015m fig. 48 F0L0311m fig. 49 F0L0311m

CENTRAL VENTS fig. 47

A = Air flow adjusting control

● = completely closed

O = completely open

B = Control for directing air flow.

SIDE VENTS fig. 48

C = Air flow adjusting control


O = completely open

D = Control for directing air flow.

REAR VENTS fig. 49

E = Air flow adjusting control


O = completely open

F = Control for directing air flow.


49

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSMANUAL CLIMATECONTROL SYSTEM

CONTROLS fig. 50

A: air distribution knob;

B: compressor on/off button;

C: air temperature knob (mixing warmand cold air);

D: MAX-DEF function button (frontwindow fast defrosting/demisting);

E: air flow control knob;

F: heated rear window on/off button;

G: air recirculation on/off button.

F0L0153m

CLIMATIC COMFORT

Knob A directs the air inside the passen-ger compartment according to five levels:

M to warm the feet and keep the facecool (“bilevel” function);

O air flow from central vents and sideoutlets;

y to demist and defrost the windscreenand side front windows;

™ to warm the passenger compartmentand at the same time demist the wind-screen;

N to speed up passenger compartmentwarming.

fig. 50


50

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS WARMING THE PASSENGERCOMPARTMENT

Proceed as follows:

❒ turn knob C (pointer on red sector)completely to the right;

❒ turn knob E to the required speed;

❒ move knob A to:

™ to warm the feet and at the sametime demist the windscreen;

M to warm the feet and convey coolerair from central vents and dashboardoutlets;

N for quick warming.

QUICK WARMING

Proceed as follows:

❒ close all dashboard vents;

❒ turn knob C to red sector;

❒ press button G;

❒ turn knob E to the required fan speed;

❒ turn knob A to N.

WINDSCREEN AND FRONTSIDE WINDOW FASTDEMISTING/DEFROSTING (MAX-DEF function)

Proceed as follows:

❒ turn knob C (pointer on red sector)completely to the right;

❒ turn the MAX-DEF function on bypressing button D (button led on);

Pressing this button will automatically acti-vate the following functions:

❒ air distribution to windscreen and sidevents;

❒ fan activation at max. speed;

❒ compressor activation (button led on);

❒ automatic air recirculation (button ledoff if previously on);

After demisting/defrosting, press buttonD to turn the MAX-DEF function off.

Use common control buttons to restorethe required comfort.


51

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSWindow demisting

In the event of considerable outside mois-ture and/or rain and/or considerable dif-ferences in temperature inside and out-side the passenger compartment, performthe following preventive demisting proce-dure:

❒ turn air recirculation off by pressingbutton G (button led off);

❒ turn knob C to red sector;

❒ turn knob E to 2;

❒ turn knob A to y, or to ™ the win-dows do not demist.

IMPORTANT Climate control system isvery useful to speed up window demist-ing: therefore, just perform demisting aspreviously described and turn the climatecontrol system on by pressing button B.

HEATED REAR WINDOW ANDDOOR MIRROR DEMISTING/DEFROSTING

Press button F to start this function.

This function is timed and switches off au-tomatically after 30 minutes. To cut outthis function press again button O.

IMPORTANT Do not apply stickers onthe inside of the rear window over theheating filaments to avoid damage thatmight cause it to stop working properly.

FAN SPEED ADJUSTMENT

To ventilate the passenger’s compartmentproperly, proceed as follows:

❒ open completely central vents and sideoutlets;

❒ turn knob C to the blue sector;



❒ turn knob A to O.

RECIRCULATION

Turn this function on by pressing buttonG (button led on).

This function is particularly useful whenthe outside air is heavily polluted (in a traf-fic jam, tunnel, etc.). However, it is bet-ter not to use it for long periods, espe-cially if there are several people in the carto prevent window misting.

IMPORTANT The inside air recirculationsystem makes it possible to reach the re-quired “heating” or “cooling” conditionsfaster. Do not use the air recirculationfunction on rainy/cold days as it wouldconsiderably increase the possibility of thewindows misting inside.


52

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS CLIMATE CONTROL (cooling)

Proceed as follows:

❒ turn knob C to the blue sector;


❒ turn knob A to O;

❒ turn air recirculation on by pressingbutton G (button led on);

❒ press button B to turn climate controlcompressor on.

Cooling adjustment

Proceed as follows:


❒ turn knob C to the right to raise tem-perature;

❒ turn knob E to the left to reduce thefan speed.

LOOKING AFTER THE SYSTEM

During winter, the climate control systemmust be turned on at least once a monthfor about 10 minutes. Before summer,have the system checked at a Fiat Deal-ership.

AUTOMATIC CLIMATECONTROL SYSTEM(where provided)

GENERAL

The car is fitted with a two-zone climatecontrol system which makes it possible toseparately adjust the air temperature onthe driver’s side and on the passenger’sside. Temperature control is based on the“equivalent temperature” logic, i.e.: thesystem continuously works to keep con-stant the comfort inside the passengercompartment and to compensate any vari-ation of the outside climate conditions, in-cluding sunshine detected by a proper sen-sor provided for the purpose.

The system is also fitted with AQS (AirQuality System) sensor that turns on airrecirculation automatically when it detectsthe presence of outside polluted air (forexample when driving in the city, queuesand tunnels).


53

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSThe climate control system automaticallycontrols and adjusts the following para-meters and functions:

❒ air temperature at driver/front pas-senger/rear passenger vents;

❒ air distribution at driver/front passen-ger vents;

❒ fan speed (continuous air flow varia-tion);

❒ compressor activation (to cool/dehu-midify air);

❒ air recirculation.

All the above functions can be changedmanually by selecting the required func-tion/s and by changing the set parameters.In this way the automatic control is de-activated; the system will resume auto-matic control only for safety reasons (e.g.risk of window misting up).

Manual selections prevail over automaticones and remain in storage until the userdecides to resume automatic control bypressing the proper button, except whenthe system cuts in for particular safetyconditions.

The control of functions not changed man-ually remains automatic.

The amount of air admitted to the pas-senger compartment does not depend onthe car speed, since it is electronically con-trolled by the fan.

The temperature of the air admitted tothe passenger compartment is always con-trolled automatically according to the tem-peratures set on the driver’s and frontpassenger’s display (except when the sys-tem is off or under certain conditionswhen the compressor is off).

The following parameters and functionscan be set or changed manually:

❒ air temperatures on driver/front pas-senger side;

❒ fan speed (continuous variation);

❒ air distribution on seven levels (dri-ver/front passenger side);

❒ climate control compressor on/off;

❒ monozone/two-zone distribution pri-ority;

❒ fast demisting/defrosting;

❒ air recirculation;

❒ rear heated window.


54

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

SWITCHING THE CLIMATECONTROL SYSTEM ON

The system can be started in differentways, but it is advisable to press one of theAUTO buttons and then to turn theknobs to set the temperatures requiredon the display.

Since the system controls two zone of thepassenger’s compartment, the driver andthe front passenger can select differenttemperatures.

This way the system will start workingcompletely automatically to reach thecomfort temperatures as quickly as pos-sible. The system will set air temperature,quantity and distribution and it will con-trol the air recirculation function and theactivation of conditioner compressor.

F0L0380mfig. 51

CONTROLS

A: air recirculation and AQS functionon/off button

B: air distribution button on driver side

C: button for selecting the system auto-matic mode AUTO on driver side

D: display showing climate control systemdata

E: button for selecting the system auto-matic mode AUTO on passenger side

F: air distribution button on passengerside

G: knob for adjusting temperature onpassenger side

H: rear window heating on/off button

I: button for activating the MONOfunction (alignment of set tempera-tures)

L: climate control compressor on/offbutton

M/N: buttons for adjusting fan speed

O: MAX-DEF function button (frontwindow fast defrosting/demisting

P: knob for adjusting temperature on dri-ver side


55

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSDuring fully automatic operation, the on-ly manual settings required are the fol-lowing:

❒ MONO, to align the air temperatureand distribution set on the passenger’sside (front or rear) with that on thedriver’s side;

❒ ï, air recirculation, to keep it alwayson or off;

❒ -, to speed up demisting/defrostingof windscreen, front side windows,rear window and door mirrors;

❒ (, to demist/defrost heated rear win-dow and door mirrors.

During full automatic system operation,you can change at any time set tempera-tures, air distribution and fan speed by us-ing the relevant buttons or knobs: the sys-tem will automatically change its settingsto adjust to the new requirements. Dur-ing FULL AUTO operation, changing airdistribution and/or flow and/or compres-sor activation and/or air recirculation willmake the FULL wording disappear. In thisway functions will pass from automaticcontrol to manual control until pressingagain the AUTO button. Fan speed is thesame for every area of the passenger com-partment.

With one or more functions engaged man-ually, the adjustment of the temperatureof the air admitted to the passenger com-partment continues to be controlled au-tomatically by the system, except with theclimate control compressor off: under thiscondition in fact, the temperature of theair admitted to the passenger compart-ment cannot be lower than outside airtemperature.

CONTROLS

Air temperature adjusting knobs P-G

Turning the knobs clockwise or counter-clockwise, respectively highers or lowersthe temperature of the air required re-spectively in the front left zone (knob P)or in the right zone (knob G) of the pas-senger compartment.

Since the system controls two zones ofthe passenger compartment, it is possi-ble to personalise required temperatures(driver and passenger).

The temperatures set are shown on thedisplays near the relevant knobs.

Pressing button I (MONO ) automatical-ly aligns the temperature on the passen-ger’s side with that on the driver’s side;you can therefore set the same tempera-ture for both zones by turning knob P ondriver side.

Separate operation of air temperaturesand distribution is restored by turningknobs or pressing again button I(MONO) when the button led is on.


56

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS Turning the knobs fully clockwise orcounter-clockwise until they reach the ex-treme selections HI or LO, the maximumheating or cooling functions are respec-tively engaged:

❒ HI function (highest heating power):

this is turned on by rotating the temper-ature knob clockwise and passing the max.temperature value (32°C). It can be acti-vated independently from driver or frontpassenger side or both (also when theMONO function is selected).

When this function is on, the displayshows HI.

This function can be engaged when re-quiring to heat the passenger compart-ment as quickly as possible, exploiting themaximum potential of the system. Thisfunction uses the maximum temperatureof the coolant fluid, while air distributionand fan speed are controlled according tothe system settings.

More particularly, max. fan speed will notbe immediately engaged if coolant is nothot enough; this to prevent admitting airthat is not warm enough to the passengercompartment.

All manual settings are possible with thisfunction on.

To switch the function off, simply turn theknob counter-clockwise and set the re-quired temperature.

❒ LO function (highest cooling power):

this is turned on by rotating the temper-ature knob counter-clockwise and passingthe min. temperature value (16°C). It canbe activated independently from driver orfront passenger side or both (also whenthe MONO function is selected).

When this function is on, the displayshows LO.

This function can be engaged when re-quiring to cool the passenger compart-ment as quickly as possible, exploiting themaximum potential of the system. Thisfunction activates automatically:

❒ MONO function;

❒ air distribution at central / side vents(shown by the relevant symbol on thedisplay);

❒ fan at max. speed;

❒ climate control compressor.

All manual settings are possible with thisfunction on.

To switch the function off, simply turn theknob clockwise and set the required tem-perature.

Front air distribution buttons B-F

Pressing these buttons it is possible tochoose manually one of the seven possi-ble air distributions to the passenger com-partment (right or left side):

▲ Air flow to the windscreen and frontside window vents to demist or de-frost them.

˙ Air flow at central and side dash-board vents to ventilate the chestand the face during the hot season.

▼ Air flow towards the front and rearlower parts of the passenger com-partment. Due to the natural ten-dency of heat to spread upwards,this type of distribution allows heat-ing of the passenger compartmentin the shortest time, also giving aprompt feeling of warmth.

˙▼

Splitting of the air flow between thevents to the lower part of the pas-senger compartment (warmest air)and the dashboard centre and sideoutlets (coolest air). This air flowdistribution is particularly useful inspring and autumn when the sun isshining.


57

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS▲▼ Splitting of the air flow between the

windscreen and side windowdemisting/defrosting vents and thelower part of the passenger com-partment. This type of air distrib-ution allows satisfactory heating ofthe passenger compartment whilepreventing possible misting of thewindows.

▲˙

Combined splitting of the air flow▼ between the windscreen vents,

central/side outlets and vents atthe lower part of the passengercompartment (feet area). This airflow distribution enables to keepgood overall comfort conditions insummer.

▲ Splitting of the air flow between˙ the windscreen vents, central/side

outlets on the dashboard. This airflow distribution enables to obtainsatisfactory cooling of the passen-ger’s compartment and to keep therequired coolig condition in sum-mer.

Air distribution is selected through but-tons B and F in “rolling” mode, accordingto the sequence shown in the following di-agram fig. 52.

The type of air distribution selected isshown by lighting up of the relevant sym-bols on the display.

To restore automatic air distribution con-trol after a manual selection, press buttonAUTO.

F0L0234m

In FULL AUTO mode, pressing the dis-tribution buttons B or F for the first time,will display the current status selected bythe system. It is then possible to select in“rolling” mode the type of distribution re-quired by pressing buttons B or F again.

When the driver selects air distributionto the windscreen, also the air distribu-tion on passenger side will be distributedto the windscreen. The passenger canhowever select the required air distribu-tion by pressing the relevant buttons.

fig. 52


58

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS Fan speed adjusting buttons M/N

Press buttons p+ or p– to increase orto decrease the fan speed and thereforethe amount of air admitted into the pas-senger compartment.

The fan speed is shown by the lit bars onthe display

❒ max fan speed = all bars lit❒ min fan speed = one bar lit.The fan can be cut off only if the cli-mate control compressor has beenswitched off pressing button B.IMPORTANT To restore automaticfan speed control after a manual ad-justment, press button AUTO.Pressing again button p– after min fanspeed will turn the system off.

The display will show OFF and the air re-circulation condition fig. 53.

AUTO buttons (automatic operation) C-E

Pressing the AUTO button (on driverand/or front passenger side) the systemautomatically adjusts the amount and dis-tribution of the air admitted to the pas-senger compartment, cancelling all theprevious manual adjustments.

This condition is indicated by the messageFULL AUTO on the front system dis-play.

Manual operation of at least one automaticfunction (air recirculation, air distribution,fan speed or climate control compressoroff) will cause FULL message going off thedisplay. This means that automatic controlis not complete (except temperature con-trol which is always automatic).

IMPORTANT Should the system (aftermanual settings) be no longer able to guar-antee the required temperature set in thepassenger compartment, the set tempera-ture value will start flashing to indicate thiscondition, after one minute the AUTOmessage will turn off.

To restore system automatic control atany time, after one or more manual ad-justments, press button AUTO.

MONO button (to align set temperatures and air distribution) I

Pressing button MONO automaticallyaligns the temperature on the passengerside with that on the driver side, it is there-fore possible to set the same temperatureand air distribution between the two zonesby turning the knob on driver side. Thisfunction is provided to simplify tempera-ture adjustment of the whole passengercompartment when only the driver is on-board. Separate operation of set temper-ature and air distribution is restored byturning knob P or G (to set temperatureon front passenger side) or by pressingagain button MONO, when the wordingis shown on the display.

fig. 53 F0L0235m


59

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSAir recirculation and AQS functionon/off button A

If the AQS sensor is not fitted, air recir-culation works according to the followingoperating logics:

❒ forced switching on (inside air recir-culation always on), indicated by sym-bol í on the display;

❒ forced switching off (air recirculationalways off with air inlet from the out-side), indicated by symbol êon thedisplay.

The above operating conditions are ob-tained by pressing in sequence the air re-circulation button A.

Due to safety reasons, after long recircu-lation activation (over 25 minutes), thesystem will deactivate automatically air re-circulation for 60 seconds to enable out-side air inlet.

IMPORTANT The inside air recirculationsystem makes it possible to reach the re-quired heating or cooling conditions faster.

It is however inadvisable to use it onrainy/cold days as it would considerably in-crease the possibility of the windows mist-ing inside, especially if the climate controlsystem is off.

When outside temperature is below 3°C,recirculation is forced to off (outside airinlet) to prevent window misting up.

It will be reactivated automatically if out-side temperature becomes higher than 5°C.The AQS sensor (Air Quality System) inaddition to the above operating logics, en-ables to control recirculation automati-cally according to the quality of outside air:

❒ automatic control indicated by symbol≥on the display.

In this event the display will show symbolïor ñaccording to actual recircu-lation operating conditions (on or off).

In automatic operation with AQS, insideair recirculation is turned on automatical-ly when the antipollution sensor detects

the presence of polluted air, for examplewhen driving in the city, queues and tun-nels.

With compressor on, in order to preventpolluted air (exhaust gas) inlet at stops, thesystem will stop air recirculation when thecar speed falls below 6 km/h. As the carspeed increases (over 25 km/h), the sys-tem will restore the previous automaticoperating conditions.

In automatic operation, AQS is deacti-vated when outside temperature is below3°C, the system will activate air recircu-lation (indicated by symbol ≥on thedisplay). The user can however set it man-ually by operating in rolling mode the reir-culation button: pressing the button forthe first time will display the current re-circulation condition, indicated by symbolê.

It will be reactivated automatically if out-side temperature becomes higher than 5°C.

Press the button again to select the re-quired recirculation condition, indicatedby the corresponding symbol on the dis-play. Under these conditions manual ac-tivation of the AQS function could causewindow misting up.

When air recirculation is set manually,wording FULL will turn off and A will dis-appear from the recirculation symbol onthe display.

It is inadvisable to use the in-side air recirculation func-

tion with low outside temperature aswindows may mist over quickly.

WARNING


60

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS Climate control compressor on/offbutton L

Pressing button √when the symbol is dis-played will deactivate the climate controlsystem compressor. Pressing the buttonwhen the symbol is not displayed will re-sume automatic control of compressor ac-tivation; this condition is indicated by therelevant symbol on the display.

When turning the compressor off, the sys-tem will deactivate air recirculation to pre-vent window misting up. Although the sys-tem is able to keep the required temper-ature, the wording FULL will disappearfrom the display. If the system is no longerable to keep the required temperature,temperature value will flash and the word-ing AUTO will disappear from the display.

IMPORTANT With the climate controlcompressor off, it is not possible to admitair to the passenger compartment with atemperature below the outside tempera-ture; moreover, under certain environ-mental conditions, windows could mist upfastly since air is not dehumidified.

The switching off of the climate controlcompressor remains in storage even whenthe engine has been stopped.

To restore automatic control for switch-ing on the climate control compressor,press again button √ or press button AU-TO.

With climate control compressor off ifoutside temperature is higher than the setone the system will not be able to keepthe required condition, the temperaturevalue will then start to flash on the displayfor a few seconds and wording AUTOwill then go off.

With climate control compressor off, thefan speed can be set to zero manually.With compressor on and engine running,the fan speed cannot be lower that onebar on the display.

Compressor will be disabled automatical-ly with outside temperature below – 1°C.Under this condition symbol √ on the dis-play will flash for 10 seconds and then gooff.

It will be re-enabled automatically withoutside temperature higher than + 1°C.

Fast window demisting/defrostingbutton O

Press this button: the climate control sys-tem will automatically switch on all thefunctions required for fast windscreen andfront side window demisting/defrosting,that is:

❒ switches on climate control compres-sor when climatic conditions are suit-able;

❒ air recirculation off;

❒ maximum air temperature (HI) onboth areas;

❒ activates proper fan speed accordingto engine coolant temperature to lim-it the flow into the passenger com-partment of air not warm enough todemist the windows;

❒ directs air flow to windscreen andfront side windows vents;

❒ turns heated rear window on.

IMPORTANT Fast demisting/defrostingfunction stays on for about 3 minutes,since engine coolant temperature exceeds50°C.


61

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSWhen the max. demisting/defrosting func-tion is on, the button led and the heatedrear window button led are on. FULLAUTO wording on the display is off.

When the max. demisting/defrosting func-tion is on, the only manual operations pos-sible are manual adjustment of the fanspeed and switching heated rear windowoff.

With max. demisting/defrosting functionon, the fan works according to the previ-ously set air distribution in order to guar-antee top climatic comfort under what-ever condition.

Pressing the max. demisting/defrostingbutton or the air distribution buttons oroperating the temperature knobs, the sys-tem switches off the max. demisting/de-frosting function and restores the operat-ing conditions of the system prior to func-tion activation.

Heated rear window and doormirror demisting/defrostingbutton H

Press this button to activate heated rearwindow demisting/defrosting. When thisfunction is on, the button led is on.

This function is timed and switches off au-tomatically after about 20 minutes or bypressing again the button or by turning theengine off. It will not be switched on au-tomatically when restarting the engine.

IMPORTANT Do not apply stickers onthe inside of the rear window over theheating filaments to avoid damage thatmight cause it to stop working properly.

ADDITIONAL HEATER (Multijet versions)

This device enables quick warming up ofthe passenger’s compartment in cold en-vironmental conditions.

The additional heater will switch on au-tomatically after turning the ignition keyto ON.

IMPORTANT The additional heaterworks only with outside temperature be-low 12°C, engine coolant temperature be-low 50°C and car battery voltage over10.25 V.

IMPORTANT Do not park the car overflammable material such as paper, drygrass or leaves: fire danger.


62

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS EXTERNAL LIGHTS

The left-hand stalk controls the externallights and the direction indicators.

The external lights can only be switchedon when the ignition key is at ON.

LIGHTS SWITCHED OFF fig. 54

Knurled ring at å.

SIDELIGHTS fig. 55

Turn the knurled ring to 6.

The warning light 3 on the instrumentpanel will turn on.

DIPPED BEAM HEADLIGHTS fig. 56

Turn the knurled ring to 2.


fig. 54 F0L0021m

fig. 55 F0L0022m

fig. 56 F0L0023m

MAIN BEAM HEADLIGHTS fig. 57

When the knurled ring is at 2, pull thelever towards the steering wheel (2nd un-stable position).


To turn the main beams off, pull again thelever towards the steering wheel (dippedbeams will turn on again).

fig. 57 F0L0024m


63

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

FLASHING THE HEADLIGHTSfig. 58

Pull the lever towards the steering wheel(1st unstable position) regardless of theposition of the knurled ring. The warninglight 1 on the instrument panel will turnon.

DIRECTION INDICATORS fig. 59

Push the lever to (stable) position:

❒ up (position 1): to turn the right-handdirection indicator on;

❒ down (position 2): to turn the left-hand direction indicator on.

Warning light F orDwill come on flash-ing on the instrument panel.

Indicators are switched off automaticallywhen the steering wheel is straightened.

fig. 58 F0L0025m fig. 59 F0L0026m

“Lane change” function

If you want the indicator to flash briefly toshow that you are about to change lane,move the left stalk to unstable position forless than one second. The direction indi-cator of the side selected will flash 3 timesand then it will turn off automatically.

“Cornering lights”(where provided)

With low beams on at a speed of less than40 km/h, when the steering wheel isturned through a large angle or upon ac-tivation of the direction indicator, a light(incorporated in the fog lamp) will comeon to expand the angle of night-time visi-bility on the side to which the vehicle isturned.


64

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

“FOLLOW ME HOME” DEVICE

This function allows the illumination of thespace in front of the car for a preset pe-riod of time.

Activation fig. 60

With the ignition key at OFF or removed,pull the stalk towards the steering wheeland operate it within 2 minutes from whenthe engine is turned off.

At each single movement of the stalk, thestaying on of the lights is extended by 30seconds up to a maximum of 210 seconds;then the lights are switched off automati-cally.

Each time the stalk is operated, the 3warning light turns on together with themessage on the display (see section“Warning lights and messages”). Thewarning light will come on the first timethe stalk is operated and it will stay on un-til the function is automatically deactivat-ed. Each single movement of the stalk willonly extend the staying on of the lights.

Deactivation

Keep the stalk pulled towards the steer-ing wheel for more than 2 seconds.

AUTOMATIC HEADLIGHTSSENSOR (daylight sensor) (where provided)

It detects the changes of the external lightintensity of the car according to the lightsensitivity set: the greater the sensitivityis, the smaller the amount of external lightnecessary to control the switching-on ofthe external headlights will be. The day-light sensor sensitivity can be adjusted bythe “Set-up menu” of the display.

fig. 60 F0L0027m

F0L1150i

Activation fig. 61

Turn the knurled ring to 2A : in this way,the automatic activation of the side/tail-lights and dipped beam headlights is si-multaneously enabled according to the ex-ternal luminosity.

Deactivation

As a result of the sensor control, thedipped beam headlights will switch off and,after about 10 seconds, sidelights willswitch off too.

The sensor is not able to detect the fogpresence, lights shall therefore beswitched on manually.

fig. 61 F0L0028m


Never use the window wiperto remove ice or snow fromthe windscreen. In these con-ditions, the wiper is submitted

to excessive effort that results in mo-tor protection cutting in and wiper op-eration inhibition for few seconds as aconsequence. If operation is not re-stored contact Fiat Dealership.

65

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSWINDOW WASHING

WINDSCREEN WASHER/WIPER

This device can only work when the igni-tion key is at ON.

The right stalk can be moved to five dif-ferent positions fig. 62:

A: windscreen wiper off

B: flick wipe.

With the stalk in position B, turning theknurled ring F four possible intermittentspeeds are obtained:

, = very slow intermittent

— = slow intermittent

—- = intermittent medium

—— = fast intermittent

C: continuous slow;

D: continuous fast;

E: fast temporary (unstable position).

Operation in position E is limited to thetime the stalk is held in this position.When the lever is released, it returns toposition A automatically stopping thewiper.

IMPORTANT Replace wiper blades asspecified in section “Car maintenance”.

fig. 62 F0L0030m

“Smart washing” function

Pulling the stalk towards the steeringwheel (unstable position) operates thewindscreen washer fig. 63.

Keeping the stalk pulled for more than halfa second, with just one movement it ispossible to operate the washer jet and thewiper at the same time.

The wiper stops working four strokes af-ter releasing the stalk.

A further stroke after five seconds com-pletes the wiping operation.

fig. 63 F0L0031m


66

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS RAIN SENSOR (where provided)

The rain sensor is located behind the dri-ving mirror in contact with the windscreenand has the purpose of automatically ad-just, during the intermittent operation, thefrequency of the windscreen wiperstrokes as to the rain intensity.

IMPORTANT Keep clean the glass in thesensor area.

Activation fig. 64

Move the right-hand stalk downwards byone position (B).

The activation of the rain sensor is sig-nalled by a control acquisition “stroke”.

Turning the knurled ring F it is possible toincrease the sensitivity of the rain sensor.

The increase of the sensitivity of the rainsensor is signalled by a control and acqui-sition “cycle”.

Operating the windscreen washer withthe rain sensor activated the normal wash-ing cycle is performed at the end of whichthe rain sensor resumes its normal auto-matic function.

Deactivation fig. 64

Move the stalk off B or turn the ignitionkey to OFF.

At next engine starting (key at ON), thesensor will not be reactivated even if thestalk is at B. In this event, to activate therain sensor you have to move the stalkto A or C and then again to B or turn theknurled ring.

Rain sensor activation will be indicated byat least one wiper “stroke” even if thewindscreen is dry.

The rain sensor is able to recognize andautomatically adjust itself in the presenceof the following particular conditions:

❒ impurities on the controlled surface(salt, dirt, etc.);

❒ difference between day and night.

fig. 64 F0L0030m

Streaks of water may causeunrequired blade moving.

WARNING


Never use the rear windowwiper to remove ice or snowfrom the rear window. Inthese conditions, the wiper is

submitted to excessive effort that re-sults in motor protection cutting in andwiper operation inhibition for few sec-onds as a consequence. If operation isnot restored contact Fiat Dealership.

67

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSREAR WINDOW WASHER/WIPER

Operation is only obtained with ignitionkey at ON.

Turning the knurled ring A from å to 'will operate the rear window wiper as fol-lows:

❒ intermittent operation if the wind-screen wiper is off;

❒ synchronised with the windscreenwiper (but with half stroke frequency).

With windscreen wiper on and reversegear engaged, rear window wiping will becontinuous.

Pushing the stalk towards the dashboard(unstable position) will activate the rearwindow washer.

Keeping the stalk pushed for over half asecond will activate also the rear windowwiper.

Releasing the stalk will activate the smartwashing function as described for thewindscreen wiper.

HEADLIGHT WASHER (where provided)

Headlight washers are “retractable”, i.e.:they are located inside the front bumpersand they are activated when (with dippedbeams on) the windscreen washer is op-erated.

IMPORTANT Check at regular intervalscorrect operation and cleanness of noz-zles.


68

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS CRUISE CONTROL (where provided)

It is a device able to support the driver,with electronic control, which allows dri-ving at speed over 30 km/h on long andstraight dry roads (e.g.: motorways), at adesired speed, without pressing the ac-celerator pedal. Therefore it is not sug-gested to use this device on extra-urbanroads with traffic. Do not use it in town.

DEVICE ENGAGEMENT fig. 65

Turn knurled ring A to ON.

The Cruise Control cannot be engagedin first or reverse gear. It is advisable toengage it in 4th or higher gears.

Travelling downhill with the device en-gaged, the car speed may increase morethan the memorised one.

When the device is activated the warn-ing light Ü turns on together with the rel-evant message on the instrument panel.

TO MEMORISE SPEED

Proceed as follows:

❒ turn the knurled ring A to ON andpress the accelerator pedal to the re-quired speed;

❒ move the stalk upwards (+) for at leastone second, then release it. The carspeed is memorised and it is thereforepossible to release the acceleratorpedal.

In the case of need (when overtaking forinstance) acceleration is possible simplypressing the accelerator pedal: releasingthe accelerator pedal, the car will returnto the speed memorised previously.

TO RESET THE MEMORISEDSPEED

If the device has been disengaged for ex-ample pressing the brake or clutch pedal,the memorised speed can be reset as fol-lows:

❒ accelerate gradually until reaching aspeed approaching the one memo-rised;

❒ engage the gear selected at the time ofspeed memorising;

❒ press the RES B button.

fig. 65 F0L0033m


69

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSTO INCREASE THE MEMORISEDSPEED

The speed memorised can be increased intwo ways:

❒ pressing the accelerator and thenmemorising the new speed reached;

or

❒ moving the stalk upwards (+).

Each operation of the stalk will corre-spond to a slight increase in speed (about1 km/h), while keeping the stalk upwardswill correspond to a continuous speed in-crease.

TO REDUCE MEMORISEDSPEED

The speed memorised can be increased intwo ways:

❒ disengaging the device and then mem-orising the new speed;

or

❒ moving the stalk downwards (–) untilreaching the new speed which will bememorised automatically.

Each operation of the stalk will corre-spond to a slight reduction in speed (about1 km/h), while keeping the stalk down-wards will correspond to a continuousspeed reduction.

DEVICE DISENGAGEMENT

The device can be disengaged in the fol-lowing ways:

❒ turning the knurled ring A to OFF;

❒ turning the engine off;

❒ pressing the brake pedal or engagingthe hand brake;

❒ pressing the clutch pedal;

❒ shifting gear with automatic transmis-sion in sequential mode;

❒ with car speed below the preset lim-it;

❒ pressing the accelerator pedal; in thiscase the system is not really disen-gaged but the request for accelerationtakes priority over the system. Thecruise control is however active and itwill not be necessary to press buttonRES to resume previous conditionsafter ending acceleration.

The device is automatically deactivated inone of the following cases:

❒ ABS or ESP system cut-in;

❒ system failure.

When travelling with the de-vice on, never set the

gearshift lever to neutral.

WARNING

In the event of device mal-function or failure, turn the

knurled ring A to OFF and contact aFiat Dealership after checking theprotection fuse integrity.

WARNING


70

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS CEILING LIGHTS

FRONT CEILING LIGHTS fig. 66

Courtesy lights

Press the lens on point A to turn on/offthe driver’s courtesy light or press the lenson point C to turn on/off the passenger’scourtesy light.

With ignition key at OFF or removed, theceiling light will stay on for about 15 min-utes, then it is automatically switched off.

Central light

It turns on automatically when opening adoor and it will turn off when closing thedoor, about 10 seconds later.

If the door is left open, the light goes offafter about 3 minutes.

Central light can also be turned on/off bypressing the lens on point B; rear sidelights will turn on at the same time.

Light turning on/off is gradual.

After switching on by button B, if the keyis at OFF or removed, the ceiling lightstays on for about 15 minutes, then it isautomatically switched off.

REAR CEILING LIGHTS fig. 67

To turn these lights on/off, press the lenson point D.

fig. 66 F0L0105m fig. 67 F0L0106m


71

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

MANU

TENZ

IONE

E CUR

ATE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLSCONTROLS

HAZARD LIGHTS fig. 68They turn on pressing the button A, re-gardless of the position of the ignition key.When the function is active, warning lightsÎ and ¥ on the panel blink.To switch off, press again the button A.The use of hazard lights is governed by theHighway Code of the country you are in.Keep to the rules.

fig. 68 F0L0034m fig. 69 F0L0035m

The use of hazard lights isgoverned by the Road Traf-

fic Code of the country you are in.Keep to the rules.

WARNING

FRONT FOG LIGHTS (where provided) fig. 69

To turn front fog lights on, press button5, to activate these lights it is necessaryto have the side/taillights switched on.

Warning light 5 on the instrument pan-el will turn on.

Press the button again to turn the light off.

Emergency brakingIn the event of emergency braking theemergency lights automatically turn on andat the same time the lights Î end ¥ turnon on the dashboard. The function automatically turns off whenthe emergency braking stops. This function complies with the current ap-plicable laws.


72

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

REAR FOG LIGHT fig. 70

To turn rear fog light on, press button 4,to activate this light it is necessary to havethe dipped beams switched on.

Warning light 4 on the instrument panelwill turn on.

Press the button again to turn the light off.

PARKING LIGHTS fig. 71

These lights can only be turned on with ig-nition key at OFF or removed, by press-ing button A for about 1 second, warn-ing light 3 on the instrument panel willturn on.

With parking lights on, moving the leftstalk upwards (position 1) or downwards(position 2) will turn on respectively theright or left sidelights; the warning light willgo off.

Moving the left stalk back to central po-sition will turn on all side/taillights and al-so the warning light 3.

Press the button again to turn the lightsoff.

POWER SUPPLY AND FUELCUT-OFF SWITCH

The car is fitted with a safety switch thatin the event of a crash comes into opera-tion by cutting off fuel and turning off theengine as a consequence. Certain versionsare equipped with an additional safetyswitch that in the event of a crash comesinto operation by cutting off the power sup-ply. These two safety switches thereforeprevent dangerous fuel leaks due to fuel linecracking and sparks or electric dischargesdue to damaging or malfunctioning of theelectric components of the car in the eventof a crash.

IMPORTANT After a crash, remember toremove the key from the ignition deviceto prevent battery run-down.

If, after a crash no fuel leaks or damagesto the electric devices (e.g. headlights) arefound and the car can be started again, re-set the fuel cut-off switch and the powersupply cut-off switch (where provided).Follow the instructions given below.

fig. 70 F0L0230m fig. 71 F0L0036m

If, after a crash, you smell fu-el or see leaks from the fuel

system, do not reset the switches toavoid fire risk.

WARNING


73

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

Resetting the fuel cut-off switchfig. 72

To reset the fuel cut-off switch, press but-ton A.

Resetting the power supply cut-offswitch (where provided) fig. 73-74

The switch is located inside the fuse boxat battery positive terminal.

To reset the power supply cut-off switch,proceed as follows:

❒ press button A to reset the fuel cut-off switch;

❒ open the bonnet;

❒ operate the retaining clips B and re-move the protection cover C;

❒ press button D to reset the powersupply.


Before resetting the powersupply cut-off switch care-

fully inspect the car for fuel leaks ordamages to electric devices (e.g.headlights).

WARNING

Before resetting the fuel cut-off switch carefully inspect

the car for fuel leaks or damages toelectric devices (e.g. headlights).

WARNING

Sunroof, sun visor (whereprovided) and power windowinitialisation

After resetting the safety switches, thesunroof, sun visor and power window op-eration shall be re-initialised. For the rel-evant procedures, refer to paragraphs“Sunroof” and “Power windows”, in thissection.


74

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS INTERIOR FITTINGS

FRONT ARMREST WITHODDMENT COMPARTMENTAND REFRIGERATEDCOMPARTMENT

Press lever A-fig. 75 to raise the frontarmrest and reach a first oddment/mobilephone compartment.

Lift cover B-fig. 75 to reach a secondcompartment that is warmed/cooled byan air outlet D-fig. 77 connected to theclimate control system.

Note For direct access to the heated/cooled compartment, lift the arm withoutpressing the lever A-fig. 75. Hold it on theside areas at point C as shown in fig. 75.

Move lever E-fig. 77 as shown by the ar-row to open the outlet and to makecool/warm air come into the compart-ment.

If the two-zone climate control system isfitted, the temperature of this compart-ment will be the same as that on passen-ger side.

When the armrest is fully raised, take carenot to press button A-fig. 75, accidentallyto avoid opening the oddment compart-ment cover and the falling of the objectscontained as a consequence.

fig. 76 F0L0375mfig. 75 F0L0527m

fig. 77 F0L0528m


75

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

REAR ARMREST (where provided)

To use the rear armrest A-fig. 78, low-er it as shown in the figure.

The rear armrest can be fitted (whereprovided) with two glass/can holders. Touse them pull tab B-fig. 79 in arrow di-rection.

Inside the armrest, after lifting the cover,there is an oddment compartment fig. 80.

GLOVEBOX fig. 81

To open the glovebox move the handle asshown by the arrow.

When the glovebox is opened, an interi-or courtesy light comes on.

fig. 78 F0L0037m fig. 79 F0L0108m

fig. 80 F0L0109m

fig. 81 F0L0038m


76

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

ODDMENT COMPARTMENT fig. 82

It is located on the central console underthe front armrest.

GLASS/CAN HOLDERS

They are located on the front console.

COINS BOX fig. 82

It is located on the central console, at theside of the handbrake lever.

EYEGLASSES HOLDER (where provided) fig. 83

It is located on the roof panel near thehandle on the driver side.

Use it as shown in the figure.

SMOKER’S KITOne purple chrysanthemum grew up part-ly drunkenly. The Macintoshes laughedquite easily. Five silly aardvarks towed thebourgeois fountain. Five silly dogs tastesumpteen poisons. The botulisms marriespurple wart hogs, even though five d

The electric socket only works with theignition key turned to ON. To use it, openthe protective cover.

CIGAR LIGHTER(where provided) fig.84

It is located on the central console, at theside of the handbrake lever.

Press button A to switch on the cigarlighter with ignition key at ON.

After about 15 seconds the button will re-turn to its initial position and is ready foruse.

IMPORTANT Always check that the cig-ar lighter has turned off.


The cigar lighter gets veryhot. Handle it with care and

make sure that it is not used by chil-dren: danger of fire and/or burns.

WARNING


77

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

ASHTRAY (where provided)

The central console houses an ashtray,raise lid A-fig. 85 to use it.

To empty the ashtray, remove the innerbox.

Ashtrays are located on passenger’s doorarmrests; to use the ashtray raise the cor-responding lid, to empty them remove theinner box B-fig. 86.

SUN VISORS fig. 87

These are positioned to the sides of therear-view mirror. They can swing to thesides and up or down.

On the back of the visor (driver and pas-senger side) there are two courtesy mir-rors. The passenger side mirror and onsome versions also the driver side mirror,are lighted in order to allow their use evenin poor lighting conditions.

Open cover A to use the mirror.

The passenger’s sun visor also carries thesymbols and the message concerning thecorrect use of the child restraint systemwith passenger’s air bag (for further in-formation see paragraph “Passenger’sfront Air bag” in section “Safety devices”).

CURRENT OUTLET fig. 88

The current outlet only works with igni-tion key at ON and it is located beneaththe central air vents for rear seats.

Open protection cover A to use it.

fig. 85 F0L0110m

fig. 86 F0L0111m

fig. 87 F0L0041m fig. 88 F0L0042m


78

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

REAR ROLLER SUNBLINDS(where provided) fig. 89

Certain versions can be fitted on reardoors with roller sunblinds, with reels andreturn springs.

Unwind the sunblind using tab A and se-cure it to the upper catches B.

SUNROOF(where provided)

The sunroof consists of two wide panes(a fixed one and a moving one), fitted witha front powered sun curtain and a rearmanual sun curtain. Sunroof only workswith ignition key at ON. Controls A, Band C on the central ceiling light shall beused to open/close the sunroof and thepowered sun curtain.

To open

With fully closed sunroof (knob at 0), turnknob A-fig. 90 clockwise and select oneof the five possible opening positions.

Every position corresponds to a type ofsunroof opening, e.g.: position 1 corre-sponds to the narrowest opening (sunroofalmost closed) whereas position 5 corre-sponds to the widest one (sunroof fullyopen).

For wide opening with just one knob op-eration, set it right to the last position.

To close

Turn knob A-fig. 90 counter-clockwiseand select one of the possible five closingpositions.

Every position corresponds to a type ofsunroof closing. For closing the sunrooffully with just one operation, set the knobA-fig. 90 to 0.

fig. 89 F0L0312m fig. 90 F0L0174m

Do not open the sunroof ifthere is snow or ice on it: itcould be damaged.


79

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSFront sun curtain opening/closing

Press button B-fig. 90 to open the suncurtain fully. Press the button again to stopit.

To close the sun curtain press button C-fig. 90. Press the button again to stop it.

Caution: opening the sunroof with the suncurtain closed will make the sun curtainopen automatically.

Rear sun curtain opening/closing

Rear sun curtain opening/closing is man-ual.

ANTI-CRUSHING SAFETYSYSTEM

Sunroof is fitted with anti-crushing safetysystem that detects the presence of an ob-stacle during sunroof closing stroke andthat cuts in by stopping and reversing thesunroof stroke.

The anti-crushing safety system fitted onthe front curtain outline is active along thewhole closing range of the curtain and cutsinto operation when an obstacle is met.This safety device guarantees the rever-sal for a short section.

INITIALISATION PROCEDURE

Sunroof and powered sun curtain shall bere-initialised after disconnecting the bat-tery or if the relevant protection fuse isblown.

Sunroof initialisation

Proceed as follows:


❒ turn knob A-fig. 90 fully counter-clockwise;

❒ press and keep knob A-fig. 90pressed until the sunroof locks, thenrelease it;

❒ within 5 seconds, press and keep knobA pressed; the sunroof will move au-tomatically, during this stage keep onpressing the knob;

❒ initialisation will end when the sunroofstops.

When leaving the car, the ig-nition key should be removed

to prevent the sunroof from being op-erated inadvertently and harming any-one remaining in the car. Improper useof the sunroof can be dangerous. Be-fore and during its operation ensurethat any passengers are not at riskfrom the moving roof either by per-sonal objects getting caught in themechanism or by being injured by it di-rectly.

WARNING


80

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS Sun curtain initialisation

Proceed as follows:

❒ Close the sunroof completely;

❒ turn the ignition key to OFF for 10seconds;


❒ turn the knob to closing position andkeep it pressed until hearing the me-chanical lock;

❒ initialisation ended. ANTI-CRUSHING SYSTEMINHIBITION

Ice or other foreign matters in the sun-roof rails could cause anti-crushing re-peated operation. Therefore make surethere is no obstacle.

In this case it is possible to inhibit the an-ti-crushing system by closing the roof(within 5 seconds from system activation),turning knob A-fig. 90 to 0 and keepingit pressed upwards until closing.

EMERGENCY OPERATION fig. 91-92

If the electrical control device does notwork, the sunroof can be operated man-ually as follows:

❒ remove the rear ceiling light and takeout the emergency operation wrench,provided as standard, from the rele-vant seat;

❒ fit the wrench into slot A-fig. 92 andturn it clockwise to open the sunroofand counter-clockwise to close it.

fig. 91 F0L0215m fig. 92 F0L0216m


81

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSDOORS

CENTRAL DOOR LOCKINGSYSTEM

From the outside fig. 93

With the doors closed, press remote con-trol button Á or, if the remote controlis malfunctioning, fit and turn the emer-gency metal insert into the lock of one ofthe front doors.

From the inside fig. 94

With the doors closed, press buttons Aor B, set on the central panel to lock orunlock the doors.

IMPORTANT If one door is not perfect-ly closed or there is a system failure, cen-tral door locking will not work and aftera few seconds the device will be exclud-ed for about 2 minutes. During this timeit is however possible to lock/unlock thedoors manually. The device will be reac-tivated after 2 minutes.If the cause of malfunctioning has been re-moved the device will operate regularlyagain.

When the doors are locked, the led Con button is turned on.

CHILD LOCK fig. 95

To prevent opening the rear doors fromthe inside.

This device can be engaged only withdoors open:

❒ position 1 - engaged (door locked);

❒ position 2 - disengaged (door open-able from inside).

The device stays on even if the doors areunlocked by the centralised system.

IMPORTANT Always use this devicewhen transporting children.

IMPORTANT After engaging the lock,check by trying to open a rear door withthe internal handle.

fig. 93 F0L0100m fig. 95 F0L0112m

fig. 94 F0L0529m


82

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS POWER WINDOWS

All versions are fitted with power win-dows with anti-crushing safety device todetect the presence of an obstacle in thewindow closing stroke. If an obstacle is de-tected, the safety system will stop windowclosing and, according to window position,will also reverse window stroke.

IMPORTANT In the event that the anti-crushing function is activated 5 times inonly 1 minute, the system will automati-cally enter the “recovery” mode (self-pro-tection). This conditions is pointed out bythe fact that, in the closing phase, the win-dow goes up in jerks.

So, it is necessary to carry out the sys-tem restore procedure, acting as follows:

❒ open the windows;

or

❒ turn the ignition key to OFF and thento ON.

The logic is restored if no malfunction ispresent, the window returns to its normaloperation automatically; otherwise con-tact a Fiat Dealership.

IMPORTANT With the ignition key toOFF or removed, the power windows re-main activated for about 2 minutes and aredeactivated immediately the moment adoor is opened.

WINDOW SAFETY SYSTEMINITIALISATION

Safety system shall be re-initialised afterdisconnecting the battery or if the rele-vant protection fuse is blown.

Initialisation procedure:

❒ open completely manually or auto-matically the window to initialise ;

❒ fully close the window manually (with-out stops);

❒ after window stopping, keep on press-ing the closing control for at least 1second.

fig. 96 F0L0043m

The system conforms to theforthcoming standard

2000/4/EC concerning the safety ofpassengers leaning out of the pas-senger compartment.

WARNING


83

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

CONTROLS

Driver side fig. 97

On the driver’s door panel are set the but-tons for controlling, with ignition key atON:

A front left window opening/closing;window opening or closing in “auto-matic continuous” mode;

B front right window opening/closing;window opening or closing in “auto-matic continuous” mode;

C rear left window opening/closing; “au-tomatic continuous” mode operationjust during window opening; Pressing briefly one of the buttons the

window “jerks” whereas a prolongedpressing makes the window opening orclosing in “automatic continuous” mode.

Pressing the button again will stop the win-dow in the required position.

Front passenger door and reardoors fig. 98

Front passenger door armrest and reardoor armrests feature the switches to beused for controlling the correspondingwindow.

fig. 97 F0L0388m

Improper use of the powerwindows can be dangerous.

Before and during its operation en-sure that any passengers are not atrisk from the moving glass either bypersonal objects getting caught in themechanism or by being injured by itdirectly. Always remove the ignitionkey when getting out of the car toprevent the power windows being op-erated accidentally and constitutinga danger to the passengers in the car.

WARNING fig. 98 F0L0045m

D rear right window opening/closing;“automatic continuous” mode opera-tion just during window opening;

E rear power window enabling/disablingcontrols.


84

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS BOOT

The boot tailgate (when unlocked) can beopened only from the outside through theelectric opening handle set above thenumber plate holder fig. 99.

If doors are unlocked the boot can beopened at any time.

Using the instrument panel display (seeparagraph “Multifunction display” in thissection) it is possible to activate the op-tion for independent boot unlocking: inthis way the boot is not unlocked whenunlocking the doors.

IMPORTANT With running car, never op-erate the tailgate shackle.

In the event of battery failure, after usingthe emergency metal insert of the key toget into the car, it will be possible to openthe boot from the inside by operatingmanually the lever set at the bottom onthe right side of the lock, set at the bot-tom in the middle of the tailgate.

OPENING THE TAILGATE BYREMOTE CONTROL fig. 100

Press button R, even when the alarm(where provided) is activated.

The tailgate opening is indicated by dou-ble flashing of direction indicators; closingis indicated by one flashing (only if alarmis on).

TAILGATE CLOSING

Lower the tailgate until hearing the lock-ing click.

IMPORTANT If the option for indepen-dent boot unlocking is on, before closingthe boot, check whether you have withyou the ignition key since the boot willbe locked automatically.

fig. 99 F0L0046m fig. 100 F0L0100m


85

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSEXTENDING THE BOOT

Partial extension (1/3 or 2/3)

The boot can be partially (1/3 or 2/3) ortotally extended splitting the rear seat.

To make use of the maximum loading vol-ume, remove the luggage compartmentcover following the instructions given inparagraph “Luggage compartment cover”and lower the loading surface as describedpreviously.

Proceed as follows:

❒ lower completely the rear seat headrestraints;

❒ check that the seat belt is not twisted;

The addition of objects(speakers, spoilers, etc.) on therear shelf or boot lid, exceptthose envisaged by the man-

ufacturer, may prevent the gas filledstruts at the sides of the boot fromworking properly.

Never travel with objects onthe rear shelf to prevent

them being thrown forwards and in-juring passengers in case of accidentor sharp braking.

WARNING

When using the boot, makesure the loads do not exceed

the permitted weight (see section“Technical specifications”). Alsomake sure the items in the boot arearranged properly to prevent thembeing thrown forwards and injuringpassengers should you brake sharply.

WARNING

TAILGATE EMERGENCYOPENING fig. 101

To open the tailgate from the inside if thebattery is flat or the electric tailgate lockis failing, proceed as follows (see “Ex-tending the boot” in tis section):

❒ lower completely the rear head re-straints;

❒ tilt rear seat cushions;

❒ tilt backrests;

❒ operate lever A inside the boot toopen the tailgate.

fig. 101 F0L0047m


86

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

❒ lift handle A or B-fig. 102 to unlockrespectively the left or right section ofthe backrest and then guide the back-rest onto the cushion.

The boot extension to the right fig. 103makes it possible to carry two passengerson the rear seat left-hand side.

The boot extension to the left fig. 104makes it possible to carry one passengeron the rear seat right-hand side.

Total extension fig. 105

Tilt the rear seat completely to obtainmaximum boot extension.

To make use of the maximum loading vol-ume, remove the luggage compartmentcover following the instructions given inparagraph “Luggage compartment cover”and lower the loading surface as describedpreviously.

Proceed as follows:

❒ lower completely the rear seat headrestraints;

❒ check that the seat belt is not twisted;

❒ lift handles A and B-fig. 102 to releasethe backrests and guide them onto thecushion.

fig. 102 F0L0009m fig. 103 F0L0113m

fig. 104 F0L0114m

fig. 105 F0L0115m


87

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

LUGGAGE COMPARTMENTCOVER fig. 106

The luggage compartment cover A can berolled up and removed.

To roll it up remove the two rear pins Bfrom their housings and then guide it dur-ing rolling up.

Removing the luggagecompartment cover fig. 107

Proceed as follows:

❒ roll it as described previously;

❒ remove the reel unit C by pressing itssides (direction 1) and raising it (di-rection 2).

To refit the cover, insert the reel ends intheir housings and make sure the fasten-ing hooks are well fastened. Now extendthe cover by pulling its handles, as previ-ously described, and hook the two rearpins.

IMPORTANT Do not put heavy objectson the cover which may seriously damageit.

fig. 106 F0L0117m fig. 107 F0L0118m

The objects put on the cov-er may be thrown forwards

and injure passengers should youbrake sharply or in the event of an ac-cident.

WARNING


88

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

TO RETURN THE REAR SEATBACK TO ITS ORIGINALPOSITION fig. 108

Raise the seat backrests and push themback until hearing the locking click of bothretainers.

IMPORTANT Correct backrest fasteningis guaranteed when the “red band” B asidelevers A is no longer visible. The “redband” actually indicates that the backrestis not properly secured. When setting thebackrest to travelling position, alwaysmake sure it is properly secured by hear-ing the locking click.

IMPORTANT After putting the seats backto their travelling position, restore theseat belt position to make them ready foruse.

DOUBLE LOADINGCOMPARTMENT (where provided)

In addition to fully or partially folding seats,the car can also be fitted with a loadingsurface to be adjusted at two differentheights in order to make the loading sur-face flat and to increase or decrease theboot volume as required.

Keeping the loading surface up it will bepossible to make use of the space obtainedbelow as additional compartment for frag-ile or small objects.

fig. 108 F0L0233mMake sure the backrest isproperly secured at both

sides (red bands B not visible) to pre-vent it moves forward in the event ofsharp braking causing injuries to pas-sengers.

WARNINGfig. 109 F0L0142m

fig. 110 F0L0241m

To access the compartment set under-neath the loading surface, proceed as fol-lows:

❒ raise handle A-fig. 109 pressing in thepoint shown by the arrow at “PUSH”,lift the loading surface and secure it bythe proper wire to the upper hook onthe roof as shown in the figure fig. 110.


89

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

Setting the loading surface atlower level (where provided)

To improve the loading space, lower theluggage compartment surface fig. 111, asfollows:

❒ raise handle A-fig. 109 pressing in thepoint shown by the arrow at “PUSH”,use the handle to remove the loadingsurface from the seat on the suitcaseboard by raising it slightly and pullingit outwards; the knuckle on the seatside will facilitate this manoeuvre.

To reposition the loading surface to theupper level proceed as follows:

❒ raise handle A-fig. 109 pressing in thepoint shown by the arrow at “PUSH”,use the handle to raise the loading sur-face from the boot mat and pull it out-wards; the knuckle on the seat sidewill facilitate this manoeuvre.

ANCHORING THE LOAD

The boot contains the proper hook foranchoring the required load fig. 113.


Boot loading surface set attop position can withstand 70kg max. and 200 kg at bottomposition as shown on the

proper label set under the loading sur-face (see fig. 112).


90

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

Certain versions (where provided) are fit-ted with a luggage retainer net that can besecured to the fastening rings fig. 114.

IMPORTANT Never anchor to singlehook a load exceeding 100 kg.

Certain versions (where provided) are fit-ted with a luggage anti-throw out safetynet secured to the roof at two side seatsfig. 115, and at the bottom to the load re-taining rings set on the wheelhouses.

BONNET

TO OPEN THE BONNET

Proceed as follows:

❒ pull the lever A-fig. 116 in the direc-tion indicated by the arrow in orderto release the lock of the engine bon-net;

❒ insert your hand between bonnet andbumper and push the lever B-fig. 117to the left as shown;

❒ lift the bonnet and at the same timerelease the rod C fig. 118 from thecatch D, then fit the rod end into thebonnet recess E.

IMPORTANT Before opening the bonnet,check that windscreen wiper arms are notlifted from the windscreen.

fig. 114 F0L0237m fig. 115 F0L0238m

If you want to carry reservefuel in a can, follow law reg-

ulations, only using a certified can,suitably fastened to the load securingeyelets. Even in this way the risk offire is increased in the case of an ac-cident.

WARNING

A heavy load that has notbeen secured may cause se-

rious harm.

WARNING


91

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS

TO CLOSE THE BONNET fig. 118

Proceed as follows:

❒ hold the bonnet up with one hand andwith the other remove rod C from re-cess E and fit it back into its catch D;

❒ lower the bonnet at approx. 20 cen-timetres from the engine compart-ment and then let it drop, ensuringthat it is fully closed and not just heldin position by the safety catch. If thebonnet does not close properly, donot push it down but open it again andrepeat the above procedure.

IMPORTANT Always check that the bon-net is closed properly to avoid its openingwhile the car is travelling.

fig. 116 F0L0048m fig. 118 F0L0116m

For safety reasons the bon-net must be closed properly

to avoid its opening while the car istravelling. Therefore, always check itis properly closed and the catch en-gaged. Should you notice that thecatch is not perfectly engaged whentravelling, stop the car immediatelyand close the bonnet.

WARNING

If the supporting rod is notpositioned correctly the bon-

net may fall violently.

WARNING

Carry out operations onlywhen the car is stationary.

WARNING

fig. 117 F0L0524m


92

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS ROOF RACK/SKI RACK

The roof rack/ski rack shall be secured tothe roof at points A-fig. 119.

To mount it, lift the tabs and proceed asfollows:

❒ for versions with sunroof: extract thetabs using the screwdriver provided in the kit to reach the fastening seatsfig. 120;

❒ for versions without sunroof: lift thetabs using the screwdriver provided in the kit to reach the fastening seatsfig. 121;

A roof rack/ski rack specially designed forthe car is available at Lineaccessori Fiat.

After few kilometres, check that the fas-tening screws are firmly tightened.

IMPORTANT Never exceed the max.permissible loads (see section “Technicalspecifications”).

The car can be fitted with two longitudi-nal bars that can be used, by adding spe-cial accessories to carry various objects(e.g.: skis, windsurf, etc..).

fig. 119 F0L0222m fig. 120 F0L0231m

fig. 121 F0L0232m

Open the tailgate with carewhen carrying objects on the

roof rack bars to prevent impacts.

WARNING


93

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSHEADLIGHTS

ADJUSTING THE HEADLIGHTBEAM

Proper adjustment of the headlight beamsis of vital importance for your safety andcomfort and also for the other road users.To ensure you and other drivers have thebest visibility conditions when travellingwith the headlights on, the headlights mustbe set properly. Contact Fiat Dealershipto have the headlights properly adjusted.

IMPORTANT When turning on (Xenon)gas discharge headlight lamps (where pro-vided), it is normal that there should be avertical movement of reflectors, and con-sequently the same will also happen to thelight beam, for the time required toachieve the correct headlight trim stabili-sation, equal to approx. 2 seconds.

Headlight aiming device

It works with ignition key at ON anddipped beams on. When the car is loaded,it slopes backwards. This means that theheadlight beam rises. In this case, it is nec-essary to return it to the correct position.

To adjust the headlight slant fig. 122

Press button A set on the control panel;if the car is fitted with (Xenon) gas dis-charge headlights, slant adjustment is elec-tronic and therefore button A is not pre-sent.

The display located on the instrument pan-el, provides the visual indication of the po-sitions during the adjustment operation(fig. 123: multifunctional display - fig. 124:reconfigurable multifunctional display).

Position 0 - one or two people occupy-ing the front seats.

Position 1 - five people.

Position 2 - five people + load in the boot.

Position 3 - driver + maximum permissi-ble load stowed in the boot.

IMPORTANT Check beam aiming everytime the load carried changes.

fig. 122 F0L0050m fig. 123 F0L0051m

fig. 124 F0L0519m


94

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS FRONT FOG LIGHTADJUSTMENT

Contact Fiat Dealership to have the head-lights properly adjusted.

HEADLIGHT BEAMADJUSTMENT ABROAD

The dipped beam headlights are adjustedfor circulation in the country in which thecar is marketed. In countries with oppo-site circulation, to avoid glaring oncom-ing vehicles, it is necessary to cover theareas of the headlight using a special stick-er tape provided for the purpose and avail-able at Lineaccessori Fiat. Contact FiatDealership.

ABS SYSTEM

The car is fitted with an ABS braking sys-tem, which prevents the wheels from lock-ing when braking, makes the most of roadgrip and gives the best control when emer-gency braking under difficulty road condi-tions.

System is completed by EBD (ElectronicBraking Force Distribution), which dis-tributes the braking action between frontand rear wheels.

IMPORTANT To have the maximum ef-ficiency of the braking system, it is neces-sary a setting period of about 500 km(with new car after replacing brakepads/discs): during this period it is betterto avoid sharp, repeated and prolongedbrakes.

ESP SYSTEM INTERVENTION

When the ABS cuts in, you will feel thebrake pedal pulsating slightly and the sys-tem get noisier: it means that the speedshould be altered to fit the type of road sur-face.

If the ABS system cuts in, it is a sign thatthe grip between tyre and the road sur-face has reached the limit: you must slowdown to match the speed to the road gripavailable.


95

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSFAILURE WARNINGS

ABS failure

ABS failure is indicated by the turning onof warning light >on the instrument pan-el together with the dedicated message onthe display (see section “Warning lightsand messages”).

In this case the braking system is still effi-cient, though without the aid of the ABSsystem. Drive carefully to the closest FiatDealership to have the system checked.

EBD failure

EBD failure is indicated by the turning onof warning lights > and x on the in-strument panel together with the dedi-cated message on the display (see section“Warning lights and messages”).

In this case with sharp braking the rearwheels might lock too early, with the pos-sibility of skidding. Drive extremely care-fully to the nearest Fiat Dealership to havethe system checked.

BRAKE ASSIST (emergency braking assistance)(where provided)

The system, which cannot be cut out, rec-ognizes emergency braking (on the groundof the brake pedal operation speed) andconsiderably increases the pressure in thebrake circuit.

During emergency braking, the emergencylights turn on automatically; when accel-erating the lights turn off automatically.

Brake Assist is deactivated on the versionsequipped with ESP, in the event of ESP sys-tem failure (indicated by warning light áswitching on together with the messageon the display).

If the ABS system cuts in, itis a sign that the grip be-

tween tyre and the road surface hasreached the limit: you must slowdown to match the speed to the roadgrip available.

WARNING

The ABS exploits the tyre-road grip at the best, but it

cannot improve it; you should there-fore take every care when driving onslippery surfaces without taking un-necessary risks.

WARNING

When the ABS cuts in, andyou feel the brake pedal pul-

sating, do not remove your foot, butkeep it pressed; in doing so you willstop in the shortest amount of spacepossible under the current road con-ditions.

WARNING

If the brake fluid low warn-ing light x comes on (to-

gether with the message on the dis-play), stop the car immediately andcontact the nearest Fiat Dealership.Fluid leaks from the hydraulic system,in fact, can compromise the brakingsystem, both traditional systems andsystems with ABS.

WARNING


96

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS ESP SYSTEM (Electronic StabilityProgram) (where provided)

The ESP system is an electronic systemcontrolling the car stability in the event oftyre grip loss.

The ESP system is therefore particularlyuseful when grip conditions of the road sur-faces changes.

ESP SYSTEM INTERVENTION

It is signalled by the blinking of the warn-ing light á on the instrument panel, to in-form the driver that the car is in criticalstability and grip conditions.

ESP SYSTEM OPERATION

The ESP system is automatically activat-ed when the car is started and cannot bede-activated.

FAILURE WARNINGS

In the event of failure, the ESP system isautomatically disconnected and the warn-ing light á, comes on with fixed light onthe instrument panel, together with themessage on the display (see section“Warning lights and messages”). In thiscase contact a Fiat Dealership as soon aspossible.

At pickup the ESP system control unit willkeep brake force on wheels until reachingthe torque suitable for starting, or in anycase for max. 1.5 seconds in order to passeasily from the brake pedal to the accel-erator pedal.

After 1,5 seconds without starting, thesystem will deactivate automatically by re-leasing gradually the brake force.

At releasing, the typical brake disengage-ment noise indicating that the car is go-ing to move will be heard.

Failure indications

System failure is indicated by the turningon of warning light á on the instrumentpanel (together with the message on themultifunction display) (see section “Warn-ing lights and messages”).

IMPORTANT The Hill Holder system isnot a parking brake. Never get out of thecar without engaging the handbrake,switching the engine off and engaging thefirst gear (position P con with automatictransmission).

Performance of the ESP sys-tem, in terms of active safe-

ty should not induce the driver to takepointless and unnecessary risks. Thestyle of driving must in any case al-ways be adapted to the conditions ofthe road surface, visibility an traffic.Road safety is always the driver’s re-sponsibility.

WARNING

HILL HOLDER SYSTEM (where provided)

This system is an integral part of the ESPsystem and it is provided to facilitate start-ing on slopes.

It will activate automatically with the fol-lowing conditions:

Uphill: car at a standstill on a road with agradient higher than 5%, engine running,clutch and brake pedal pressed, gearboxto neutral or engaged gear other than re-verse.

Downhill: car at a standstill on a road witha gradient higher than 5%, engine running,clutch and brake pedal pressed and re-verse gear engaged.


97

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSASR SYSTEM (AntiSlip Regulator) (where provided)

The ASR function controls car drive andcuts in automatically every time one orboth driving wheels slip.

According to slipping conditions, two dif-ferent control systems are activated:

❒ if slipping involves both driving wheels,the ASR function intervenes reducingthe power transmitted by the engine;

❒ if slipping involves only one drivingwheel, the TC (Traction Control)function cuts in automatically brakingthe wheel that is slipping.

The action of the ASR is particularly help-ful in the following circumstances:

❒ slipping of the inner wheel due to theeffect of dynamic load changes or ex-cessive acceleration;

❒ too much power transmitted to thewheels also in relation to the condi-tions of the road surface;

❒ acceleration on slippery, snowy orfrozen surfaces;

❒ in the case of loss of grip on a wet sur-face (aquaplaning).

SWITCHING THE ASR SYSTEMON/OFF fig. 125

The ASR system switches onautomatically each time the engine isstarted.

When travelling ASR can be switched offand on again pressing switch A set asidethe gearshift lever.

When the ASR is switched off this isshown by the lighting up of the led on theswitch and by the relevant message on thedisplay (see section “Warning lights andmessages”).

If the ASR is switched off when travelling,it will turn on again automatically the nexttime the engine is started.

During the use of the space-saver spare wheel, the ESP

system carries on working. However,you must remind that the space-saverspare wheel has dimensions smallerthan the standard tyre and thereforeits grip is reduced as to the other cartyres.

WARNING

For correct operation of theESP system, the tyres must

absolutely be of the same brand andtype on all wheels, in perfect condi-tions and, above all, of type, brandand size specified.

WARNING

fig. 125 F0L0052m


98

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS When travelling on snowy roads withsnow chains, it may be helpful to turn theASR off: in fact, in these conditions, slip-ping of the driving wheels when moving offmakes it possible to obtain better drive.

FAILURE INDICATIONS

In the event of malfunctioning, the ASRsystem is automatically disconnected andthe warning light á will come on withfixed light on the instrument together withthe message on the display (see section“Warning lights and messages”). In thiscase contact Fiat Dealership as soon aspossible.

EOBD SYSTEM

The European On Board Diagnostic sys-tem (EOBD), fitted to engine electroniccontrol units, allows monitoring and warn-ing of any malfunction to the electronicsystems that could increase exhaust emis-sions.

The objective is:

❒ To keep system efficiency under con-trol;

❒ Warn when a fault causes emission lev-els to increase;

❒ Warn of the need to replace deterio-rated components.

This diagnostic system indicates the pres-ence of deteriorated components or sys-tem malfunctioning (see section “Warn-ing lights and messages”) by the turning onof the instrument panel warning light U(together with the message on the dis-play).

The performance of the sys-tem, in terms of active safe-

ty should not induce the driver to takepointless and unnecessary risks. Thestyle of driving must in any case al-ways be adapted to the conditions ofthe road surface, visibility an traffic.Road safety is always the driver’s re-sponsibility.

WARNING

For correct operation of theASR system, the tyres must


WARNING

For correct operation of theASR system, the tyres must


WARNING


99

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSNOTE The car is provided with a diag-nostic connector that can be interfacedwith appropriate tools, which makes itpossible to read the error codes stored inthe control units, together with a series ofspecific parameters for engine operationand diagnosis. This test can also be per-formed by traffic controller agents.

IMPORTANT: After a servicing operationat Fiat Dealership aimed to eliminate mal-functioning connected to the EOBD sys-tem, in order to check the system thor-oughly it could be required to run a benchtest and, if necessary, road tests whichmay also call for a long journey.

TYRE PRESSUREMONITORING SYSTEM- T.P.M.S. (whereprovided)

The car can be equipped with the T.P.M.S.(Tyre Pressure Monitoring System). Thissystem consists of a radio-frequency sen-sor, installed on each wheel (on the riminside the tyre) that sends pressure infor-mation to the control unit.

IMPORTANT System control unit moni-tors the pressure of the four car tyres butnot the space-saver spare wheel. It istherefore recommended to always checkalso the space-saver spare wheel pressure.

IMPORTANT Pay the utmost attentionwhen checking or inflating tyres. Excessivepressure impairs road holding, increasessuspension and wheel stress and causesabnormal tyre wear.

IMPORTANT Tyre pressure should bechecked with tyres rested and cold.Should it become necessary for whatev-er reason to check pressure with hottyres, do not reduce pressure although itis higher than the prescribed value but re-peat the check when tyres are cold.

The T.P.M.S. system does notexempt the driver to check

tyre and space-saver spare wheel pres-sure at regular intervals.

WARNING


100

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS IMPORTANT NOTES ABOUTTHE T.P.M.S. SYSTEM

Failure indications will not be stored andtherefore will not be displayed when turn-ing the engine off and on again. If failurepersists, the control unit will send warn-ing indications to the instrument panel on-ly after a few seconds when the car ismoving.

IMPORTANT T.P.M.S. system cannot in-dicate sudden tyre pressure drops (e.g.:tyre burst). In this event, brake the carcautiously and avoid sudden steering.

IMPORTANT Replacing standard tyreswith winter tyres and vice versa involvesT.P.M.S. system set-up that shall be per-formed at Fiat Dealerships only.

IMPORTANT The T.P.M.S. system re-quires special equipment. Consult FiatDealership to know what type of acces-sories are compatible with the system(wheels, wheel caps, etc.). Using other ac-cessories could cause system malfunc-tioning.

IMPORTANT Tyre pressure could changeaccording to outside temperature. For thisreason the T.P.M.S. system could tem-porarily indicate low tyre pressure. In thisevent check pressure with cold tyres andrestore proper inflation values if required.

IMPORTANT If the car is fitted withT.P.M.S. system, tyre and/or rim removaland refitting operations involve specialprecautions; to prevent damages or wrongsensor refitting, contact Fiat Dealership tohave tyre and/or rim changed.

IMPORTANT If the car is fitted withT.P.M.S. system, when changing a tyre,change also the rubber seal of the valve.Contact a Fiat Dealership.

IMPORTANT Strong radiofrequencynoise may inhibit regular TPMS system op-eration; in this event, a dedicated messagewill be displayed to warn the driver. Thismessage will disappear automatically assoon as noise disappears.

SOUND SYSTEM (where provided)

For the operation of the radio withCD/MP3 CD (where provided), read theinstructions for use given in the Supple-ment attached to the Owner Handbook.

SOUND SYSTEM(where provided)

The system includes:

❒ 2 tweeters (power 40W max. each),located on front doors;

❒ 2 mid-woofers, (diameter 165 mm,power 40W max. each), located onfront doors;

❒ 2 full-range speakers, (diameter 165mm, power 40W max. each), locatedon rear doors.


101

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSHI-FI SYSTEM(where provided)

The system includes:

❒ 2 tweeters (power 40W max. each),located on front doors;

❒ 2 mid-woofers (diameter 165 mm,power 40W max. each), located onfront doors;

❒ 2 tweeters (power 40W max. each),located on rear doors;

❒ 2 mid-woofers (diameter 165 mm,power 40W max. each), located onrear doors;

❒ n° 1 Box subwoofer bass reflex withintegral multichannel amplifier (4 x25W RMS channels + 2 x 40W RMSchannels to drive the 165 mm woofer)with SRS WOW effect ASP.

ACCESSORIESPURCHASED BY THEOWNERIf after buying the vehicle, you decide toinstall electrical accessories that require apermanent electric supply (alarm, satelliteantitheft system, etc.) or accessories thatin any case burden the electric supply,contact Fiat Dealership, whose qualifiedpersonnel, besides suggesting the mostsuitable devices belonging to LineaccessoriFiat, will also evaluate the overall electricabsorption, checking whether the vehicleelectric system is able to withstand theload required, or whether it needs to beintegrated with a more powerful battery.

INSTALLATION OFELECTRIC/ELECTRONICDEVICESElectric/electronic devices installed afterbuying the vehicle and in after-market shallbear the following marking:

Fiat Auto S.p.A. authorizes the installationof transceivers, provided that installationis workmanlike performed in compliancewith Manufacturer’s specifications at a spe-cialised service centre.IMPORTANT The installation of devicesinvolving modifications of vehicle charac-teristics may determine the withdrawal of

ANTENNA fig. 126

To remove the antenna, unscrew the stemA anticlockwise 1 until it is completelyoutside the support.

To refit the antenna screw the stem Aclockwise 2 until it is fully closed andaligned with support.

fig. 126 F0L0535m


102

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS PARKING SENSORS (where provided)

Parking sensors are located in the rearbumper fig. 127 and their function is toinform the driver, through an intermittentbuzzer, about the presence of obstaclesbehind the car.

ACTIVATION

The sensors are automatically activatedwhen the reverse gear is engaged.

As the distance from the obstacle behindthe car decreases, the acoustic alarm be-comes more frequent.

BUZZER WARNINGS

When the reverse gear is engaged an in-termittent acoustic signal is automaticallyactivated.

The acoustic signal:

❒ becomes louder as the reduction ofdistance between the car and the ob-stacle decreases;

❒ becomes continuous when the dis-tance between the car and the obsta-cle is less that 30 cm and stops imme-diately if the distance raises;

❒ is constant if the distance is unvaried.If this situation takes place for side sen-sors, the signal is stopped after about3 seconds to prevent sound indica-tions when performing manoeuvresnear walls.

Direction distances

Central action radius 150 cm

Side action radius 60 cm

If several obstacles are detected, the con-trol unit indicates the nearest one.

fig. 127 F0L0391m

the driving licence by the appointed pub-lic authorities and the forfeiture of thewarranty as concerns defects/failures dueto said modification or leading directly orindirectly to it.

Fiat Auto S.p.A. declines all responsibilitydue to damages connected with the in-stallation of accessories/devices not sup-plied by or recommended by Fiat AutoS.p.A. and installed not in compliance withthe specified prescriptions.

RADIO TRANSMITTERSAND CELLULAR TELEPHONES

Radio transceiver equipment (e.g.: mobilephones, HAM radio systems and the like)shall not be used inside the vehicle unlessa separate aerial is mounted on the roof.

IMPORTANT The use of similar devicesinside the passenger compartment (with-out separated aerial) produces radio-fre-quency electromagnetic fields which, am-plified by the resonance effects inside thepassenger compartment, may cause elec-trical systems equipping the vehicle to mal-function. This could compromise safety inaddition to constituting a potential hazardfor the passengers.

In addition, transmission and reception ofthese devices may be affected by theshielding effect of the vehicle body.

As concerns , approved mobile phones(GSM, GPRS, UMTS), strictly comply withthe instructions for use provided by themobile phone’s manufacturer.


103

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSGENERAL WARNINGS

❒ When parking, take the utmost careto obstacles that may be set above orunder the sensors.

❒ Objects set close to the car, undercertain circumstances are not detect-ed and could therefore cause damagesto the car or be damaged.

❒ Indications sent by the sensors can bealtered by dirt, snow or ice deposit-ed on the sensors or by ultrasoundsystems (e.g.: truck pneumatic brakesor pneumatic hammers) set nearby thecar.

For proper operation, theparking sensors shall alwaysbe clean from mud, dirt, snowor ice. When cleaning the sen-

sors, take the utmost care to preventtheir damaging; do not use thereforedry or rough clothes. Sensors shall bewashed with clean water and car de-tergent, if required.

Parking manoeuvres howev-er are always under the dri-

ver’s responsibility that shall alwayscheck the absence of people (spe-cially children) or animals in the ma-noeuvre space. This system is just ahelp for the driver but she/he shallnever reduce attention during dan-gerous manoeuvres even if performedat low speed.

WARNING

FAILURE INDICATIONS

In the event of sensor failures, the driveris warned by the turning on of warninglight è on the instrument panel and bythe relevant message on the display (seesection “Warning lights and messages”).

OPERATION WITH TRAILER

Parking sensor operation is deactivatedautomatically when the trailer electric ca-ble plug is fitted into the car tow hooksocket.

Sensors are reactivated when removingthe trailer cable plug.

In washing stations, clean sensors quicklykeeping the vapour jet/high pressurewashing nozzles at 10 cm at least from thesensors.


104

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS DIESEL ENGINES

If the outside temperature is very low, thediesel thickens due to the formation ofparaffins and could clog the diesel fuel fil-ter.

In order to avoid these problems, differ-ent types of diesel are distributed ac-cording to the season: summer type, win-ter type arctic type (mountains/cold ar-eas).

If refuelling with diesel fuel not suitable forthe current temperature, mix diesel fuelwith TUTELA DIESEL ART additive in theproportions stated on the can, putting firstthe antifreeze in the tank and then thediesel fuel.

Refuel with local diesel fuel if the car isused/parked in the mountains or in coldareas for a long period. In this event youare recommended to keep an amount offuel higher than 50% in the tank.

The car must only be filledwith diesel fuel for motor ve-hicles, in compliance with Eu-ropean Standard EN590. The

use of other products or mixtures mayirreparably damage the engine with in-validation of the warranty due to thedamage caused. In the event of acci-dentally filling with another type of fu-el, do not start the engine and emptythe tank. If the engine has been runeven for only a very short time, in ad-dition to the tank, it is also necessaryto drain out the whole fuel circuit.

REFUELLING

To guarantee full tank filling, carry out tworefuelling operations after the first click ofthe fuel delivery gun. Avoid further top-ping up operations that could cause dam-ages to the fuel system.

AT THE FILLINGSTATION

PETROL ENGINES

Use only unleaded petrol.

To prevent errors, the diameter of the fu-el tank filler is too small to introduce a leadpetrol pump filler. Use petrol with a rat-ed octane number (R.O.N.) not lowerthan 95.

IMPORTANT An inefficient catalyst leadsto harmful exhaust emissions, thus con-tributing to air pollution.

IMPORTANT Never use leaded petrol,even in small amount or in an emergency,as this would damage the catalyst beyondrepair.


105

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LSPROTECTING THEENVIRONMENT

The devices for curtailing petrol engineemissions are the following:

❒ three-way catalytic converter;

❒ Lambda sensor;

❒ fuel evaporation system.

In addition, do not let the engine run, evenfor a test, with one or more spark plugsdisconnected.

The devices for curtailing diesel fuel en-gine emissions are the following:

❒ oxidising catalytic converter;

❒ exhaust gas recirculation system(E.G.R.);

❒ diesel particulate filter (DPF).

FUEL FILLER CAP fig. 128

The fuel filler cap lock is automatically con-trolled by the central door lock.

In an emergency (e.g.: electric system fail-ure) it is possible to unlock it by pullingstring B. To find the string, remove theright-hand side cover A.

To carry out fuelling, open flap C-fig. 129and unscrew cap D; the cap is fitted withan antiloss device E which fastens it to theflap so it cannot be mislaid.

The sealing of the tank may cause lightpressurising in the tank. A little breathingoff, while slackening the cap, is absolutelynormal.

When refuelling, position the cap on thedevice inside the flap as shown in the fig-ure.

If the doors are locked, press the door un-lock button ´ on central panel to refuel.

The fuel filler cap is re-locked when thedoors are locked.

fig. 128 F0L0137m

Do not put naked flames orlighted cigarettes near the

fuel filler hole as there is a danger offire. Do not bend too close to the holeeither so as not to breathe in harmfulvapours.

WARNING

fig. 129 F0L0526m


106

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CO

NTRO

LS DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER(DPF)

The Diesel Particulate Filter is a mechan-ical filter, integral with the exhaust system,that physically traps particulates presentin the exhaust gases of Diesel engines.

The diesel particular filter has been adopt-ed to eliminate almost totally particulatesin compliance with current / future lawregulations.

During normal use of the car, the enginecontrol unit records a set of data (e.g.:travel time, type of route, temperatures,etc.) and it will then calculate how muchparticulates has been trapped by the filter.

Since this filter physically traps particulates,it shall be cleaned (reclaimed) at regularintervals by burning carbon particles.

Reclaiming procedure is controlled auto-matically by the engine control unit ac-cording to the filter conditions and theconditions of use of the car.

During reclaiming the following phenom-ena could take place: idling slight increase,fan activation, slight smoke increase, highexhaust temperatures. These situationsshall not be considered as faults and theydo not affect car performance and envi-ronment.

If the dedicated message is displayed, re-fer to section “Warning lights and mes-sages”.

During normal service thediesel particulate filter (DPF)

reaches high temperatures. Do nottherefore park the car over inflam-mable materials (grass, dry leaves,pine needles, etc.): fire hazard.

WARNING

During normal service thecatalyst reaches high tem-

peratures. Do not therefore park thecar over inflammable materials (grass,dry leaves, pine needles, etc.): firehazard.

WARNING


107

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARW

ARNI

NGLIG

HTS A

NDME

SSAG

ES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

SEAT BELTS ........................................................................... 108

S.B.R. SYSTEM ....................................................................... 109

PRETENSIONERS.................................................................. 110

CARRYING CHILDREN SAFELY...................................... 112

PRESETTING FOR MOUNTING THE“UNIVERSAL ISOFIX” CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM . 117

FRONT AND SIDE AIR BAGS .......................................... 118

SIDE AIR BAGS .................................................................... 122

SSSAAFFEETTYY DDEEVVIICCEESS


108

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

SEAT BELTS

USING THE SEAT BELTS

The belt should be worn keeping the cheststraight and rested against the seat back.

To fasten the seat belts, take hold thetongue A-fig. 1 and insert it into the buck-le B-fig. 1, until hearing the locking click.

At removal, if it jams, let it rewind for ashort stretch, then pull it out again with-out jerking.

To unfasten the seat belts, press buttonC-fig. 1. Guide the seat belt with yourhand while it is rewinding, to prevent itfrom twisting.

Through the reel, the belt automaticallyadapts to the body of the passenger wear-ing it, allowing freedom of movement.

When the car is parked on a steep slopethe reel mechanism may block; this is nor-mal. The reel mechanism prevents thewebbing coming out when it is jerked orif the car brakes sharply, in a collision orwhen cornering at high speed.

The rear seat is fitted with inertial seat beltswith three anchor points and reel fig. 2.

Rear seat belts shall be worn as shown inthe figure.

IMPORTANT When using side and cen-tral seat belts at the same time, fasten firstthe side seat belt and then the central one.

fig. 1 F0L0119m fig. 2 F0L0120m

Never press button C whentravelling.

WARNING


109

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARW

ARNI

NGLIG

HTS A

NDME

SSAG

ES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

IMPORTANT Correct backrest fasteningis guaranteed when the “red band” B-fig.3 aside levers A-fig. 3 is no longer visible.The “red band” actually indicates that thebackrest is not properly secured. Whensetting the backrest to travelling position,always make sure it is properly secured byhearing the locking click.

IMPORTANT After putting the seats backto their travelling position, restore theseat belt position to make them ready foruse.

S.B.R. SYSTEM

The car is fitted with the S.B.R. system(Seat Belt Reminder), consisting of abuzzer which, together with the turningon of warning light < on the instrumentpanel, warns the driver to fasten the seatbelt.

For permanent deactivation, contact FiatDealership.With multifunction display, theS.B.R. system can only be reset at FiatDealership.

With reconfigurable multifunction display,the S.B.R. system can also be reset throughthe set-up menu.

fig. 3 F0L0233m

Never press button C-fig. 1when travelling.

WARNING

Remember that in the eventof a violent collision, back

seat passengers not wearing seat beltsalso represent a serious danger forthe front seat passengers.

WARNING

Make sure the backrest isproperly secured at both

sides (red bands B not visible) to pre-vent it moves forward in the event ofsharp braking causing injuries to pas-sengers.

WARNING


110

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

PRETENSIONERS

To increase the efficiency of the seat belts,the car is fitted with front and rear pre-tensioners (where provided). These de-vices, in the event of a violent crash,rewind the seat belts a few centimetres.In this way they ensure that the seat beltadheres perfectly to the wearer before therestraining action begins.

Front pretensioners activation is indicat-ed by buckle withdrawal downwards.

Rear pretensioners (where provided) ac-tivation is indicated by seat belt retractorlocking; the seat belt cannot be drawnback up when guiding it manually.

IMPORTANT To obtain the highest de-gree of protection from the action of thepretensioning device, wear the seat beltkeeping it firmly close to the chest andpelvis.

Pretensioner activation may produce asmall amount of smoke. This smoke is inno way toxic and presents no fire hazard.

The pretensioner does not require anymaintenance or greasing.

Anything that modifies its original condi-tions invalidates its efficiency.

If due to unusual natural events (floods,seas storm, etc.) the device has been af-fected by water and mud, it must neces-sarily be replaced.

LOAD LIMITERS

To increase passenger’s safety, the frontand rear (where provided) seat belt reelscontain a load limiter which allows con-trolled sag in such a way as to dose theforce acting on the chest and shouldersduring the belt restraining action in caseof front crash.

The pretensioner can onlybe used once. After a colli-

sion that has triggered it, have it re-placed at a Fiat Dealership. Preten-sioner validity is written on the labelset on the door contour sheet metal.Pretensioners should be replaced atFiat Dealership as this date ap-proaches.

WARNING

Operations which lead toknocks, vibrations or localisedheating (over 100°C for amaximum of 6 hours) in the

area around the pretensioners maycause damage or trigger them. Thesedevices are not affected by vibrationscaused by irregularities of the road sur-face or low obstacles such as kerbs, etc.Contact a Fiat Dealership for any as-sistance.


111

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARW

ARNI

NGLIG

HTS A

NDME

SSAG

ES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS FORUSING THE SEAT BELTS

The driver must comply with (and havethe car occupants follow) all the local le-gal regulations concerning the use of seatbelts. Always fasten the seat belts beforestarting.

Seat belts are also to be worn by expec-tant mothers: the risk of injury in the caseof accident is greatly reduced for them andthe unborn child if they are wearing a seatbelt.

Of course they must position the lowerpart of the belt very low down so that itpasses under the abdomen (as illustratedin fig. 4).


The belt should not be twist-ed. The upper part should

pass over the shoulder and cross thechest diagonally. The lower partshould adhere to the pelvis and notthe abdomen of the passenger. Donot use any objects (pegs, stoppers,etc.) to keep the belts away from thebody.

WARNING

For maximum safety, keepthe back of your seat up-

right, lean back into it and make surethe seat belt fits closely across yourchest and hips. Make sure that theseat belts of the front and rear pas-sengers are fastened at all times! Youincrease the risk of serious injury ordeath in a collision if you travel withthe belts unfastened.

WARNING

Under no circumstancesshould the components of

the seat belts and pretensioners betampered with or removed. Any op-eration should be carried out by qual-ified and authorised personnel. Al-ways contact a Fiat Dealership.

WARNING


112

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

HOW TO KEEP THE SEATBELTS ALWAYS IN EFFICIENTCONDITIONS

❒ Always use the belt with the tape tautand never twisted; make sure that it isfree to run without impediments.

❒ After a serious accident, replace thebelt being worn at that time, even ifit does not appear damaged. Alwaysreplace the seat belts if pretensionershave been activated.

❒ To clean the belts, wash by hand withneutral soap, rinse and leave to dry inthe shade. Never use strong deter-gents, bleach or dyes or other chem-ical substance that might weaken thefibres.

❒ Prevent the reels from getting wet:their correct operation is only guar-anteed if water does not get inside.

❒ Replace the seat belt when showingsignificant wear or cut signs.

CARRYING CHILDRENSAFELY

For optimal protection in the event of acrash, all passengers must be seated andwearing adequate restraint systems.

This is even more important for children.

This prescription is compulsory in all ECcountries according to EC Directive2003/20/EC.

Compared with adults, their head is pro-portionally larger and heavier than the restof the body, while the muscles and bonestructure are not completely developed.Therefore, correct restraint systems arenecessary, other than adult seat belts. Theresults of research on the best child re-straint systems are contained in the Euro-pean Standard EEC-R44. This Standard en-forces the use of restraint systems classi-fied in five groups:

Group 0 - 0-10 kg in weight

Group 0+ - 0-13 kg in weight

Group 1 9-18 kg in weight



If the belt has been subject-ed to heavy stress, for ex-

ample after and accident, it should bechanged completely together withthe anchors, anchor fastening screwsand the pretensioners. In fact, even ifthe belt has no visible defects, it couldhave lost its resilience.

WARNING

Never travel with a child sit-ting on the passenger’s lap

with a single belt to protect themboth. Do not fasten other objects tothe body.

WARNING


113

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARW

ARNI

NGLIG

HTS A

NDME

SSAG

ES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

As it may be noted, the groups overlappartly and in fact, in commerce it is pos-sible to find devices that cover more thanone weight group.

All restraint devices must bear the certi-fication data, together with the controlbrand, on a solidly fixed label which mustabsolutely never be removed.

Over 1.50 m in height, from the point ofview of restraint systems, children areconsidered as adults and wear the seatbelts normally.

Lineaccessori Fiat offers seats for eachweight group, which are the recommend-ed choice, as they have been designed andexperimented specifically for Fiat cars.

SERIOUS DANGER: Neverplace cradle child’s seatsfacing backwards on thefront passenger seat of carsfitted with passenger’s airbag since the air bag activa-

tion could cause serious injuries, evenmortal. You are advised to carry chil-dren always on the rear seat, as thisis the most protected position in thecase of a crash. In any case, children’sseats must absolutely not be fitted onthe front seat of cars with passenger’sair bag, which during inflation couldcause serious injury, even mortal, re-gardless of the seriousness of thecrash that triggered it.

WARNING

Children may be placed onthe front seat of cars fitted

with passenger’s air bag deactivation.In this case it is absolutely necessaryto check the amber warning light onthe cluster to make sure that deacti-vation has actually taken place (seeparagraph front and side air bags atpoint front passenger’s air bag). Thefront passenger’s seat shall be ad-justed in the most backward positionto prevent any contact betweenchild’s seat and dashboard.

WARNING


114

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

GROUP 0 and 0+ fig. 7

Babies up to 13 kg must be carried facingbackwards on a cradle seat, which, sup-porting the head, does not induce stresson the neck in the event of sharp decel-eration.

The cradle is restrained by the car seatbelts and in turn it must restrain the childwith its own belts.

GROUP 2

Starting from 15 kg to 25 kg in weight, chil-dren may be restrained directly by the carbelts. The only function of the seat is toposition the child correctly in relation tothe belts, so that the diagonal part adheresto the chest and not to the neck and thatthe horizontal part clings to the child’spelvis and not the abdomen fig. 9.

fig. 7 F0L0063m

The figure is only an example for mounting. Attain to the instructionsfor fastening which must be enclosed with the specific child restrain-

ing system you are using.

WARNING

Seats exist which are suitable for covering weight groups 0 and 1 witha rear connection to the car belts and their own belts to restrain the

child. Due to their size, they can be dangerous if installed incorrectly fastenedto the car belts with a cushion. Carefully follow the instructions for installa-tion provided with the seat.

WARNING

fig. 8 F0L0064m

GROUP 1

Starting from 9 kg to 18 kg in weight, chil-dren may be carried facing forwards, withseat fitted with front cushion, throughwhich the car seat belt restrains both childand seat fig. 8.

fig. 9 F0L0065m

The figure is only an exam-ple for mounting. Attain to

the instructions for fastening whichmust be enclosed with the specificchild restraining system you are using.

WARNING


115

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARW

ARNI

NGLIG

HTS A

NDME

SSAG

ES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

Group 3

For children from 22 kg to 36 kg the sizeof the child’s chest no longer requires asupport to space the child’s back from theseat back.

Fig. 10 shows proper child seat posi-tioning on the rear seat.

Children taller than 1.50 m can wear seatbelts like adults.

fig. 10 F0L0066m

The figure is only an exam-ple for mounting. Attain to

the instructions for fastening whichmust be enclosed with the specificchild restraining system you are using.

WARNING

PASSENGER SEAT COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATIONS ONCHILD’S SEAT USE

Your car complies with the new European Directive 2000/3/EC regulating child’s seatassembling on the different car seats according to the following table:

SEAT

Range of Front Rear Central Group weight passenger side passenger

passenger

Group 0, 0+ up to 13 kg U (▼) U *

Group 1 9-18 kg U (▼) U *

Group 2 15-25 kg U (▼) U *

Group 3 22-36 kg U (▼) U *

Key:

U = suitable for child restraint systems of the “Universal” category, according to Eu-ropean Standard EEC-R44 for the specified “Groups”.

(▼) on cars not fitted with passenger’s seat adjustable in height, the seat back shall bepositioned perfectly upright.

(*) Never mount child restraint systems on the rear central seat.


116

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

Below is a summary of the rules ofsafety to be followed for carryingchildren:

1) The recommended position for in-stalling child’s seat is on the rear seat, asit is the most protected in the case of acrash.

2) If the passenger airbag is deactivated,always check that it is properly deactivat-ed by ensuring the warning light “ is onwith a fixed light on the instrument pan-el.

3) Attain to the instructions for fasteningthe specific child restraint system whichyou are using. These instructions must beprovided by the manufacturer. Keep thechild restraint system installation instruc-tions with the car documents and thisHandbook. Never use a child restraint sys-tem without installation instructions.

4) Always check the seat belt is well fas-tened by pulling the webbing.

5) Only one child is to be strapped toeach retaining system.

6) Always check the seat belts do not fitaround the child’s throat.

7) While travelling, do not let the childsit incorrectly or release the belts.

8) Passengers should never carry childrenon their laps. No-one, however strongthey are, can hold a child in the event ofa crash.

9) In case of an accident, replace thechild’s seat with a new one.

With passenger’s air bag ac-tive, never place child’s seats

with the cradle facing backwardssince the air bag activation couldcause to the child serious injuries,even mortal, regardless of the seri-ousness of the crash that triggered it.You are advised to carry children al-ways with proper restraint systems onthe rear seats, as this is the most pro-tected position in the case of a crash.

WARNING


117

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARW

ARNI

NGLIG

HTS A

NDME

SSAG

ES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

PRESETTING FORMOUNTING THE“UNIVERSAL ISOFIX” CHILD RESTRAINTSYSTEM

This car is preset for mounting the Uni-versal Isofix child restraint system, a newEuropean standardised system for carry-ing children safely.

Fig. 11 shows a child restraint system byway of example.

The Universal Isofix child’s seat coversweight group: 1.

Due to its different anchoring system, theUniversal Isofix child’s seat shall be an-chored to the proper lower metal ringsA-fig. 12, set between rear seat back andcushion. The upper belt (provided withthe child’s seat) shall be then secured toring B-fig. 13 set on rear seat backrest.

It is possible to mount at the same timeboth the traditional restraint system andthe “Universal Isofix” one.

Remember that in case of Universal Isofixchild’s seat, you can only use all thoseseats approved with the marking ECER44/03 “Universal Isofix”.

At Lineaccessori Fiat is available the “Uni-versal Isofix” “Duo Plus” child’s seat.

For any further installation/use detail, re-fer to the “Instructions Manual” that mustbe provided by the child restraint systemManufacturer.

fig. 11 F0L0318m

fig. 12 F0L0121m

Mount the child restraintsystem only with the car sta-

tionary. The Isofix child restraint sys-tem is properly anchored to themounting brackets when clicks areheard. In any case, keep to the in-stallation instructions that must beprovided by the child restraint systemManufacturer.

WARNING

fig. 13 F0L0122m


FRONT AND SIDE AIRBAGS

The car is fitted with front air bags for thedriver, for the passenger and with driver’sknees air bag (where provided).

The front driver / passenger air bags andthe driver’s knees air bag (where provid-ed) have been designed to protect the oc-cupants in the event of head-on crashes ofmedium-high severity, by placing the cush-ion between the occupant and the steer-ing wheel or dashboard.

Front air bags are designed to protectcar’s occupants in front crashes and there-fore non-activation in other types of col-lisions (side collisions, rear shunts, roll-overs, etc.) is not a system malfunction.

In case of crash, an electronic control unit,when required, triggers the inflation of thecushion. The cushion immediately inflates,placing itself as a protection between thebody of the front occupants and the struc-ture that could cause injuries. Immediate-ly after, the cushion deflates.

The front driver / passenger air bags andthe driver’s knees air bag (where provid-ed) are not a replacement of but comple-mentary to the use of belts, which shouldalways be worn, as specified by law in Eu-rope and most non European countries.

118

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

PASSENGER SEAT COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATIONS ONUNIVERSAL ISOFIX CHILD’S SEAT USE

The table below, according to ECE 16 European Directive, shows the different instal-lation possibilities of Universal Isofix restraint systems on seats fitted with Isofix fas-teners.

Range of weight Child’s seat Isofix Isofix positionorientation class side rear

Group 0 to 10 kg

Group 0+ to 13 kg

Group I - 9to 18 kg

IUF: suitable for Isofix child restraint systems to be set facing forwards, universal class(fitted with third upper fastener), approved for the weight group.

IL: suitable for Isofix TYPE child restraint systems, specific and approved for this typeof car. The child’s seat can be installed by moving forward the front seat.

Facing backwards

Facing backwards

Facing backwards

Facing backwards

Facing backwards

Facing backwards

Facing forwards

Facing forwards

Facing forwards

E

E

D

C

D

C

B

B1

A

IL

IL

IL

IL

IL

IL

IUF

IUF

IUF


119

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARW

ARNI

NGLIG

HTS A

NDME

SSAG

ES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

At their maximum inflation, their volumefills most of the space between the dash-board and the passenger.

In case of crash, a person not wearing theseat belt moves forward and may come in-to contact with the cushion while it is stillinflating. Under this circumstance the pro-tection offered by the air bag is reduced.

Front air bag may not be activated in thefollowing situations:

❒ in collisions against highly deformableobjects not affecting the car front sur-face (e.g. bumper collision againstguard rail, etc.);

❒ in case of wedging under other vehi-cles or protective barriers (for exam-ple under a truck or guard rail), the airbag is not triggered as it offers no ad-ditional protection compared with theseat belts, consequently it would bepointless. Therefore, failure to comeinto action in the above circumstancedoes not mean that the system is notworking properly.

In minor crashes (for which the restrain-ing action of the seat belts is sufficient), theair bags are not deployed. Also in this caseit is of vital importance to wear the seatbelts since in case of side crash they guar-antee proper positioning of the occupantand prevent the occupants to be pitchedout of the car in case of violent crashes.

Do not apply stickers or oth-er objects to the steering

wheel or to the air bag cover on thepassenger’s side or on the side rooflining. Never put objects on the dash-board on passenger side since theycould interfere with proper air bag in-flation .

WARNING

DRIVER’S FRONT AIR BAG fig. 14

It consists of an instant-inflating cushioncontained in a special recess in the cen-tre of the steering wheel.

fig. 14

10

0

0

70

F0L0360m


120

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

PASSENGER’S FRONT AIR BAGfig. 15

It consists of an instant-inflating cushioncontained into a special recess in thedashboard, this cushion has a volume big-ger than that of the driver.

DRIVER’S KNEES AIR BAG(where provided) fig. 16

Knees air bag consists of an instant-inflat-ing cushion housed into a special com-partment provided for the purpose underthe steering wheel at driver’s knees lev-el, designed to give further protection inthe event of frontal crash.

SERIOUS DANGER: Withpassenger’s air bag active,

never place child’s seats with the cra-dle facing backwards since the air bagactivation could cause to the child se-rious injuries, even mortal. In the caseof need, always deactivate the pas-senger’s air bag when a child’s seatis placed on the front seat.The front passenger’s seat shall be ad-justed in the most backward positionto prevent any contact betweenchild’s seat and dashboard. Even ifnot compulsory by law, you are rec-ommended to reactivate the air bagimmediately as soon as child trans-port is no longer necessary.

WARNING

fig. 15 F0L0068m fig. 16 F0L0383m


121

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARW

ARNI

NGLIG

HTS A

NDME

SSAG

ES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

TURNING OFF THE PASSENGERSIDE FRONT AND SIDE CHESTPROTECTION AIR BAGS (Side bags) (where provided)

If it is absolutely necessary to transport achild on the front seat, the passenger sidefront and side chest protection air bagscan be turned off (Side Bag).

Two conditions may occur:

❒ passenger side front and side chestprotection air bags (Side Bags) on:warning light F on the instrumentpanel off; it is absolutely prohibited toransport children on the front seat.

❒ passenger side front and side chestprotection air bags (Side Bags) off:warning light F on the instrumentpanel on; it is possible to transportchildren on the front seat using prop-er restraining systems.

The warning light F on the instrumentpanel will remain on with a stationary lightuntil the passenger side front and sidechest protection air bags are turned onagain (Side Bags).

To turn off the passengerside front and side chest pro-

tection air bags (if foreseen), pleaserefer to the paragraphs “Multifunc-tional display” and “Reconfigurablemultifunctional display” in the ”Dash-board and controls” chapter.

WARNING


122

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

FRONT AND REAR SIDE BAGS -CHEST PROTECTION (where provided) fig. 17

These side bags consist of two types of in-stant inflation cushions housed in the seatback rests and designed to increase pro-tection of the occupants’ chest in theevent of a side crash of medium-highseverity.

SIDE WINDOW BAGS - HEADPROTECTION (where provided)fig. 18

They are “curtain” cushions located be-hind the side coverings of the roof andcovered by proper finishings, studied forthe head protection to offer the best pro-tection to the front and rear occupantsin the event of side crash, thanks to thewide cushion inflation surface.

IMPORTANT In the event of side crash,you can obtain the best protection by thesystem keeping a correct position on theseat, allowing thus correct side bag unfold-ing.

fig. 17 F0L0125m

fig. 18 F0L0069m

SIDE AIR BAGS

The car is fitted with front side bags fordriver and passenger (where provided),front and rear window bags (where pro-vided) for protecting front and rear oc-cupant’s head, rear side bags for driver andpassenger (where provided).

Side bags (where provided) protect caroccupants from side crashes of medium-high severity, by placing the cushion be-tween the occupant and the internal partsof the side structure of the car.

Non-activation of side bags in other typesof collisions (front collisions, rear shunts,roll-overs, etc...) is not a system malfunc-tion.

In case of side crash, an electronic controlunit, when required triggers the inflationof the cushion. The cushion immediatelyinflates, placing itself as a protection, be-tween the occupant’s body and the struc-ture that could cause injuries. Immediate-ly after, the cushion deflates.

Side bags (where provided) are not a re-placement of but complementary to thebelts, which you are recommended to al-ways wear, as specified by law in Europeand most non-European countries.


TURNING OFF THE REAR SIDECHEST PROTECTION AIR BAGS(Rear Side Bags) (where provided)

If it is absolutely necessary to transport achild on the rear seats, the rear side chestprotection air bags can be turned off (RearSide Bags) (where provided).

Two conditions may occur:

❒ rear side chest protection air bags on:warning light À on the instrumentpanel off; it is absolutely prohibited totransport children on the rear seats.

❒ rear side chest protection air bags off:warning light À on the instrumentpanel on; it is possible to transportchildren on the rear seats using prop-er restraining systems.

The warning light À on the instrumentpanel will remain on with a stationary lightuntil the rear side air bags are turned onagain (Rear Side Bags).

123

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARW

ARNI

NGLIG

HTS A

NDME

SSAG

ES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

Never rest head, arms andelbows on the door, on the

windows and in the window bag areato prevent possible injuries during in-flation phase.

WARNING

Never lean head, arms andelbows out of the window.

WARNING

Do not cover the backrest offront seats with trims or cov-

ers that are not suitable to be usedwith side bags.

WARNING

Do not hook rigid objects tothe coat hooks and to the

support handles.

WARNING

To turn off the rear sidechest protection air bags

(Rear Side Bags) (if foreseen), pleaserefer to the paragraphs “Multifunc-tional display” and “Reconfigurablemultifunctional display” in the “Dash-board and controls” chapter.

WARNING


124

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

GENERAL WARNINGS

1) The front air bags and/or front andfront side bags (where provided) may bedeployed if the car is subject to heavyknocks or accidents involving the under-body area, such as for example violentshocks, against steps, kerbs or low obsta-cles, falling of the car in big holes or sagsin the road.

2) When the airbag inflates it emits a smallamount of dusts. These dusts are harm-less and is not the beginning of a fire; thenthe unfold cushion surface and the car in-teriors can be covered by a dusty remains:this dust can irritate skin and eyes. In caseof contact, wash yourself using neutralsoap and water.

3) Should an accident occur in which anyof the safety devices is activated, take thecar to a Fiat Dealership to have the de-vices activated replaced and to have thesystem checked.

Every control, repair and replacement op-erations concerning the air bags must on-ly be carried out c/o Fiat Dealership.

If you are having the car scrapped, havethe air bag system deactivated at a FiatDealership first. If the car changes own-ership, the new owner must be informedof the method of use of air bags and theabove warnings and also be given this“Owner Handbook”.

4) The triggering of pretensioners, frontair bags and front side bags is decided ina differentiated manner, depending on thetype of crash. The failure to deploy one ormore of them does not mean that the sys-tem is not working properly.


125

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARW

ARNI

NGLIG

HTS A

NDME

SSAG

ES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

If the car has been stolen oran attempt to steal it has

been made, if it has been subjected tovandals or floods, have the air bagsystem checked by Fiat Dealership.

WARNING

Never travel with objects onyour lap, in front of your

chest or with a pipe, pencil, etc. be-tween your lips; injury may result inthe event of the air bag being trig-gered.

WARNING

Life and validity of pyrotech-nic charge and coil contact

are indicated on the label located in-side the lower oddment compart-ment. As this date approaches, con-tact Fiat Dealership to have them re-placed.

WARNING

If when turning the ignitionkey to ON, the warning light

¬ does not turn on or if it stays onwhen travelling (together with themessage on the display) there couldbe a failure in safety systems; in thisevent air bags or pretensioners couldnot trigger in case of impact or, in aminor number of cases, they couldtrigger accidentally. Contact FiatDealership immediately to have thesystem checked.

WARNING


126

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

The front air bag is triggeredfor shocks greater in magni-

tude than the pretensioners. For im-pacts between these two thresholds,it is therefore normal that only thepretensioners are triggered.

WARNING

By turning the ignition key tothe ON position, warning

light F (with front and side pas-senger side air bags on) will turn onand flash for a few seconds to remindyou that the passenger air bags willbe activated in the case of a collision,afterwards it will turn off.

WARNING

Remember that with the keyengaged and at ON, even

with the engine not running, the airbags may be triggered on a stationarycar if it is bumped by another movingcar. Therefore, never seat children onthe front seat even when the car isstationary. On the other hand, pleaseremember that when the key is notinserted in the ignition or is in the OFFposition, safety devices (air bag orpretensioner) will not activate as a re-sult of a collision; the failed activa-tion of these devices in these casescannot therefore be considered as anindex of system malfunctioning.

WARNING

The air bag does not substi-tute the seat belts, but only

increases their effectiveness. More-over, since the front air bags do notcome into operation in the event offront impact at low speed, side colli-sions, bumps from behind or over-turning, in these circumstances theoccupants would only be protectedby the seat belts which must thereforealways be fastened.

WARNING

By turning the ignition keyto the ON position, the

warning light À (with rear sidechest protection air bags on) willturn on and flash for a few secondsto remind you that the rear air bagswill be activated in the case of a col-lision, afterwards it will turn off.

WARNING


127

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SE

OF TH

E CAR

STARTING THE ENGINE ................................................. 128

PARKING................................................................................ 131

MANUAL TRANSMISSION ............................................... 132

ELECTRONIC AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION ........... 133

CONTAINING RUNNING COSTS................................. 138

TOWING TRAILERS............................................................ 139

SNOW TYRES ....................................................................... 142

SNOW CHAINS ................................................................... 143

CAR INACTIVITY................................................................. 144

CCCOORRRREECCTT UUSSEE OOFF TTHHEE CCAARR


STARTING PROCEDURE FORPETROL VERSIONS

Proceed as follows:

❒ Ensure that the handbrake is up;

❒ put the gear lever into neutral (posi-tions P or N for automatic transmis-sion);

❒ press the clutch pedal (or brake ped-al with automatic transmission) downto the floor without pressing the ac-celerator;

❒ turn the ignition key to START andlet it go the moment the engine starts.

If the engine does not start at the first at-tempt, return the ignition key to OFF be-fore repeating starting.

IMPORTANT In the event of fast enginestart-up (i.e.: fitting the ignition key andturning it to ON), any slight jamming is tobe attributed to correct recognition of theelectronic key by the ignition switch.

ENGINE STARTING

The car is fitted with an electronic enginelock device: if the engine fails to start, seethe paragraph “The Fiat CODE system” insection “Dashboard and controls”.

The engine may be noisier than usual dur-ing the first seconds of operation, espe-cially after it has not been used for a while.This characteristic feature of the hydraulictappet system does not compromise func-tionality or reliability. This timing systemfor petrol engines was adopted to limitservicing.

128

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SE

OF TH

E CAR

We recommend that duringthe initial period you do notdrive to full car performance(e.g.: excessive acceleration,

long journeys at top speed, sharp brak-ing, etc.).

When the engine is switchedoff never leave the key intothe ignition switch to preventpointless current absorption

from draining the battery.

Running the engine in con-fined areas is extremely dan-

gerous. The engine consumes oxygenand produces carbon monoxidewhich is a highly toxic and lethal gas.

WARNING


STARTING PROCEDURE FORMULTIJET VERSIONS

Proceed as follows:

❒ Ensure that the handbrake is up;

❒ Put the gear lever into neutral (posi-tions P or N for automatic transmis-sion);

❒ Turn the ignition key to ON: thewarning lights m and Y on the in-strument panel will turn on;

❒ Wait for the warning lights m andY to turn off. The hotter the engineis, the quicker this will happen;

❒ Press the clutch pedal (or brake ped-al with automatic transmission) downto the floor without pressing the ac-celerator;

❒ Turn the ignition key to START assoon as warning light m goes out. Ifyou wait too long you will lose thebenefit of the work done by the glowplugs. Release the key as soon as theengine starts.

IMPORTANT With cold engine, the accel-erator pedal shall be completely releasedwhile turning the ignition key to START.

If the engine does not start at the first at-tempt, return the ignition key to OFF be-fore repeating starting.

IMPORTANT In the event of fast enginestart-up (i.e.: fitting the ignition key andturning it to ON), any slight jamming is tobe attributed to correct recognition of theelectronic key by the ignition switch.

IMPORTANT If when fitting the key intothe ignition switch, the multifunction dis-play shows the message stating that theelectronic key has not been recognised,remove and refit the key; if the problempersists try with the other keys providedwith the car. If you still cannot start theengine, contact Fiat Dealership.

IMPORTANT If it is not possible to turnthe ignition key to ON, remove the emer-gency key, fit it into slot A-fig. 1 to un-lock the ignition switch; then, turn the keyto ON and follow the starting procedure.Contact Fiat Dealership.

IMPORTANT Never leave the ignition keyinto the ignition switch when the engineis off. In this event, when opening the dri-ver’s door, a buzzer will sound for about1 second.

IMPORTANT If when fitting the key intothe ignition switch, the multifunction dis-play shows the message stating that theelectronic key has not been recognised,remove and refit the key; if the problempersists try with the other keys providedwith the car. If you still cannot start theengine, contact Fiat Dealership.

IMPORTANT If it is not possible to turnthe ignition key to ON, remove the emer-gency key, fit it into slot A-fig. 1 to un-lock the ignition switch; then, turn the keyto ON and follow the starting procedure.Contact Fiat Dealership.

IMPORTANT Never leave the ignition keyinto the ignition switch when the engineis off. In this event, when opening the dri-ver’s door, a buzzer will sound for about1 second.

129

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SE

OF TH

E CARfig. 1 FF0L0206m


HOW TO WARM UP THEENGINE AFTER IT HAS JUSTSTARTED (petrol and dieselengines)

Proceed as follows:

❒ Drive off slowly, letting the engine turnat medium revs. Do not accelerateabruptly;

❒ Do not drive at full performance forthe initial kilometres. Wait until thecoolant temperature gauge startsmoving.

130

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SE

OF TH

E CAR

Never bump start the engineby pushing, towing or coastingdownhill as this could causefuel to flow into the catalytic

exhaust system and damage it beyondrepair.

A quick burst on the acceler-ator before turning off the en-gine serves absolutely no prac-tical purpose, it wastes fuel

and is damaging especially to tur-bocharged engines.

Remember that the servo-brake and power steering

are not operational until the enginehas been started, therefore much ef-fort than usual is required on thebrake pedal and steering wheel.

WARNING

STOPPING THE ENGINE

Turn the ignition key to OFF while theengine is idling.

IMPORTANT After a taxing drive, youshould allow the engine to “catch itsbreath” before turning it off by letting itidle to allow the temperature in the en-gine compartment to fall.

IMPORTANT If the engine is turned offwhile the car is still moving, for safety rea-sons it will be impossible to remove thekey from the ignition switch. To removethe key, turn it to ON and then to OFFwith the car stopped without forcing at re-moval.


PARKING THE CAR

Proceed as follows:

❒ Stop the engine and engage the hand-brake;

❒ Engage a gear (on a slope, engage firstgear if the car is faced uphill or reverseif it is faced downhill; position P withautomatic transmission) and leave thewheels steered.

Block the wheels with a wedge or a stoneif the car is parked on a steep slope. Donot leave the key in the ignition switch toprevent draining the battery. Always re-move the key when you leave the car.

Never leave children unattended in thecar. Always remove the ignition key whenleaving the car and take it out with you.

HANDBRAKE fig. 3

The handbrake lever is located betweenthe two front seats.

Pull the handbrake lever upwards until thecar cannot be moved. Four or five clicksare generally enough when the car is onlevel ground while nine or ten may be re-quired if the car is on a steep slope orladen.

IMPORTANT If this is not the case, con-tact Fiat Dealership to have the handbrakeadjusted.

When the handbrake lever is pulled upand the ignition key is at ON the instru-ment panel warning light xwill come on.

IMPORTANT If after turning the engineoff with the car stopped, it is not possi-ble to remove the key from the ignitionswitch, try to turn it to ON and then toOFF. If the problem persists, remove theemergency key without forcing and fit itinto the proper slot A-fig. 2 in the igni-tion switch; now it will be possible to turnthe key to OFF and remove it. ContactFiat Dealership.

WARNING If you turn the electronic keyto OFF position, external lights and elec-tronic safety systems are turned off.

131

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SE

OF TH

E CARfig. 2 FF0L0207m fig. 3 F0L0373m


MANUALTRANSMISSION

To engage the gears, press the clutch ped-al fully and shift the gear lever into one ofthe required positions (the diagram isshown on the knob).

IMPORTANT The car can only be put in-to reverse gear when it has stopped mov-ing completely. With the engine running,before engaging the reverse, wait at least2 seconds with the clutch pedal fully downto prevent damage and grating of thegears.

To engage reverse (R) from neutral pro-ceed as follows:

Petrol versions fig. 4

❒ shift the lever to the right and thenback;

Multijet versions fig. 5

❒ lift the sliding ring A under the knoband shift the lever straight to the leftand then forward.

To release the handbrake:

❒ slightly lift the handbrake and press re-lease button A;

❒ keep button A pressed and lower thelever. Warning light x will turn off.

Press the brake pedal when carrying outthis operation to prevent the car frommoving accidentally.

132

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SE

OF TH

E CAR fig. 4 FF0L0146m

fig. 5 F0L0200m


ELECTRONICAUTOMATICTRANSMISSION

The car may be fitted with 5-speed (petrolversions) or 6-speed (Multijet versions)automatic transmission with electroniccontrol. Gears are shifted automaticallyaccording to instant car parameters of use(speed and accelerator pedal position).

Gears can however be shifted manually us-ing transmission in sequential mode.

IMPORTANT Read carefully the follow-ing points to learn how to use the elec-tronic automatic transmission right fromthe start.

GEAR LEVER fig. 6

P Parking

R Reverse

N Idle

D Drive, automatic forward gear

+ To upshift in sequential mode

– To downshift in sequential mode

133

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SE

OF TH

E CAR

To change gears properlyyou must push the clutch

pedal fully down. It is therefore es-sential that there is nothing under thepedals: make sure mats are lying flatand do not get in the way of the ped-als.

WARNING

Do not drive with your handresting on the gear lever as theforce exerted, even if slight,could lead over time to pre-

mature wear on the gearbox internalcomponents.

fig. 6 FF0L0315m


Reverse (R)

With gear lever at R, it is not possible tostart the engine.

Idle (N)

This position corresponds to the idle po-sition of a traditional manual gearbox.

With gear lever at N, it is possible to startthe engine.

Engage idle N in case of long stops.

Drive, automatic forward gear (D)

Engage position D for urban and extra-ur-ban use of the car.

DISPLAY

The display shows:

❒ selected gear (P, R, N, D) and word-ing AUTO, in automatic mode;

❒ upshifting or downshifting (throughdigits) in sequential mode.

GEAR LEVER POSITIONS

Parking (P)

Select P to stop mechanically the drivingwheels.

Engage this position only with the car sta-tionary, pull the handbrake if required.

134

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SE

OF TH

E CAR

To shift from P to whateverposition, with ignition key atON, press the brake pedal andpress the gear lever button.

Reverse shall only be engagedwith car stationary, engineidling and accelerator fully re-leased.

Shifting from R → N or D is freewhereas for shifting R → P youhave to press the gear leverbutton.

To shift from N, release the ac-celerator pedal and make surethe engine is idling.

Shifting from N → D is freewhereas for shifting from N →R or P you have to press thegear lever button.

Shifting the lever from P to D(P → D), from N to D (N → D) and from R to D (R→ D) shall be only performed

with the car stationary and the engineidling.


Proceed as follows:

❒ Set gear lever to N and press thebrake pedal

❒ Restart the engine by turning the keyto START and set the gear lever toD.

IMPORTANT: Take the utmost care inthe following conditions: handbrake andbrake pedal released with engine idling andgear lever at D, R or sequential since thecar can move also without pressing the ac-celerator pedal.

The above condition can be used for park-ing in narrow spaces, taking care to op-erate the brake pedal only.

ENGINE STARTING

❒ Handbrake engaged and gear lever atP or N: engine can be only started withthe gear lever in one of these posi-tions.

❒ With lever at P press the brake pedaland turn the ignition key to STARTwithout pressing the accelerator ped-al.

❒ With lever at N press the brake ped-al and turn the ignition key to STARTwithout pressing the accelerator ped-al.

If the engine fails to start at first attempt,turn the key to OFF before trying torestart.

IMPORTANT With engine off, never leavethe ignition key at ON to prevent drain-ing the battery.

IMPORTANT: if when travellingwith gear lever at D or in sequentialmode you turn inadvertently the keyto OFF the engine will turn off andtransmission will fail.

135

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SE

OF TH

E CAR

Running the engine in con-fined areas is extremely dan-

gerous. The engine consumes oxygenand produces carbon monoxidewhich is a highly toxic and lethal gas.

WARNING

MOVING OFF

Proceed as follows:

❒ at P position, press the brake pedal;

❒ press the gear lever button and movethe gear lever to the required position(D or R);

❒ accelerate gradually; the car moves offand gearshifting will be automatic.

Never leave children unat-tended in the car.

WARNING

Shifting from P, with ignitionkey at ON, is only possiblewith brake pedal pressed.


When stopping the car with a gear high-er than 1st gear, transmission will set au-tomatically at 1st gear.

When stopping the car under poor gripconditions (snow, ice), at next starting thetransmission control unit could engage agear higher than 1st gear to prevent wheelslipping. This shall not be considered as afault

IMPORTANT: in the event of excessiveoil temperatures (see section “Warninglights and messages”), the electronic con-trol intervenes excluding sequential modeand activating automatic mode in order tosafeguard transmission life. Sequentialmode will be resumed as soon as regularoperating temperatures are restored.

AUTOMATIC MODE

D can be selected from sequential modeunder whatever driving condition.

When passing from sequential mode to D,the gear to engage is selected by trans-mission control unit according to enginerpm and speed (accelerator pedal posi-tion).

Low engine power demand will result inlong gears engagement and reduced fuelconsumption. Increasing speed by press-ing the accelerator will automatically en-gage short gears that will result in im-proved performance as to pickup and ac-celeration: in this case fuel consumptionwill increase.

For speedy pickup:

❒ press the accelerator pedal flat-out,the kick-down device will cut in to ob-tain max. performance in terms ofpickup and acceleration. In this case fu-el consumption will obviously increase.

IMPORTANT When driving under poorgrip conditions (snow, ice, etc.) avoid toengage the kick-down device.

SEQUENTIAL MODE

In sequential mode, the electronic auto-matic transmission works like a fixed gearsequential gearbox.

From position D move the gear lever left-wards:

❒ move gear lever to +: to upshift;

❒ move gear lever to –: to downshift.

Gears are displayed by digits on the in-strument panel. Non-stop monitoring car-ried out by transmission control unit ex-cludes whatever possibility of error.

Downshifting (or upshifting) is only pos-sible if engine rpm enables it.

In sequential mode, electronic transmis-sion control can however intervene in self-adapting mode by shifting gears automat-ically when engine rpm exceeds or falls be-low the admitted rpm limit.

136

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SE

OF TH

E CAR


PARKING THE CAR

Engage the handbrake and set gear lever toP. Leave the wheels steered. Block thewheels with a wedge or a stone if the caris parked on a steep slope.

Do not leave the ignition key at ON toprevent draining the battery. Always re-move the key when you leave the car.

TOWING THE CAR

IMPORTANT Comply with current localregulations to tow the car.

If the car is to be towed, observe the fol-lowing recommendations:

❒ transport the car, if possible, on theflatbed of a wrecker or maintenancevehicle;

❒ should this not be possible, tow thecar with the front driving wheelsraised from ground.

For towing the car, the gear lever shall beset to N.

FAILURE INDICATIONS

Failures to the electronic automatic trans-mission is indicated by the turning of warn-ing light t on the instrument panel to-gether with the dedicated message on themultifunction display (see section “Warn-ing lights and messages”).

Contact Fiat Dealership as soon as possi-ble to have the fault removed.

STOPPING THE CAR

To stop the car:

❒ release the accelerator pedal;

❒ press the brake pedal.

IMPORTANT With the car on a slopingroad and engine running, keep the carstopped just using the brake pedal, do notpress the accelerator pedal.

With the car parked with engine runningand gear lever at D, R or in sequentialmode, keep the brake pedal pressed toprevent car moving off by engine idling.

For long stops set gear lever to P.

137

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SE

OF TH

E CAR


WARNING

BUZZER WARNINGS

The warning buzzer will sound and P po-sition will flash for a few seconds when theignition key is at OFF and the gear leveris not set at P.

Ignition key can only be removed withgear lever at P.

Do not start the engine whentowing the car.

Failure to observe the aboveinstructions could seriouslydamage the automatic trans-mission.


WARNING


Roof rack/ski rack

Remove the roof rack or the ski rack fromthe roof as soon as they are no longerused. These accessories lower air pene-tration and adversely affect consumptionlevels. When needing to carry particular-ly voluminous objects, preferably use atrailer.

Electric devices

Use electric devices only for the amountof time needed. Rear heated window, ad-ditional headlights, windscreen wipers andheater fan need a considerable amount ofenergy, therefore increasing the require-ment of current increases fuel consump-tion (up to +25% in the urban cycle).

Climate control

The air conditioner is an additional loadwhich greatly affects the engine leading tohigher consumption (on average up to+20%). When the temperature outsidethe car permits it, use the air vents wherepossible.

Spoilers

The use of non-certified aerodynamicitems may adversely affect air drag andconsumption levels.

DRIVING STYLE

Starting

Do not warm the engine with the car ata standstill or at idle or high speed: underthese conditions the engine warms upmuch more slowly, increasing electricalconsumption and emissions. It is thereforeadvisable to move off immediately, slow-ly, avoiding high speeds. This way the en-gine will warm faster.

Unnecessary actions

Avoid accelerating when waiting at trafficlights or before switching off the engine.This and also double declutching is ab-solutely pointless on modern cars and al-so increase consumption and pollution.

Gear selection

As soon as the conditions of the traffic androad allow, use a higher gear. Using a lowgear to obtain brilliant performance in-creases consumption.

In the same way improper use of a highgear increases consumption, emissions anengine wear.

CONTAININGRUNNING COSTS

Here are some suggestions which mayhelp you to keep the running costs of yourcar down and lower the amount of toxicemissions released into the atmosphere.

GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS

Car maintenance

Have checks and adjustments carried outin accordance with the “Service schedule”.

Tyres

Check the pressure of the tyres routine-ly at an interval of no more than 4 weeks:if the pressure is too low, consumptionlevels increase as resistance to rolling ishigher.

Unnecessary loads

Do not travel with too much luggagestowed in the boot. The weight of the car(especially when driving in town) and itstrim greatly affects consumption and sta-bility.

138

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SE

OF TH

E CAR


Traffic situations and roadconditions

Rather high consumption levels are tied tosituations with heavy traffic, for examplein queues with frequent use of the lowergears or in cities with many traffic lights.Also winding mountain roads and roughroad surfaces adversely affect consump-tion.

Traffic hold-ups

During prolonged hold-ups (e.g.: levelcrossings) the engine should be switchedoff.

TOWING TRAILERS

IMPORTANT NOTES

For towing caravans or trailers the carmust be fitted with a certified tow hookand an adequate electric system. Installa-tion should be carried out by specialisedpersonnel who release a special documentfor circulation on the road.

Install any specific and/or additional rear-view mirrors as specified by law.

Remember that when towing a trailer,steep hills are harder to climb, the brak-ing spaces increase and overtaking takeslonger depending on the overall weight.

Engage a low gear when driving downhill,rather than constantly using the brake.

The weight the trailer exerts on the cartow hook reduces by the same amountthe actual car loading capacity. To makesure the maximum towable weight is notexceeded (given in the log book) accountshould be taken of the fully laden trailer,including accessories and personal be-longings.

Top speed

Fuel consumption considerably increaseswith speed. Avoid superfluous braking andaccelerating, which cost in terms of bothfuel and emissions.

Acceleration

Accelerating violently increasing the revswill greatly affect consumption and emis-sions: acceleration should be gradual andshould not exceed the maximum torque.

CONDITIONS OF USE

Cold starting

Short journeys and frequent cold starts donot allow the engine to reach optimumoperating temperature. This results in asignificant increase in consumption levels(from +15 to +30% on the urban cycle)and emission of harmful substances.

139

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SE

OF TH

E CAR


INSTALLING THE TOW HOOK

The towing device should be fastened tothe body by specialised personnel accord-ing to any additional and/or integrative in-formation supplied by the Manufacturer ofthe device.

The towing device must meet current reg-ulations with reference to 94/20/EC Di-rective and subsequent amendments.

For any version the towing device usedmust match the towable weight of the caron which it is to be installed.

For the electric connection a unified con-nector should be used which is generallyplaced on a special bracket normally fas-tened to the towing device, and a specialECU for external trailer light control shallbe installed on the car.

For the electrical connection, 7 or 13 pin12VDC connection is to be used (CU-NA/UNI and ISO/DIN Standards). Followthe instructions provided by the car man-ufacturer and/or the tow hitch manufac-turer.

An electric brake should be supplied di-rectly by the battery through a cable witha cross section of no less than 2.5 mm2.

IMPORTANT Electric brake or other de-vice shall be used with running engine.

In addition to the electrical branches, thecar’s electric system can only be con-nected to the supply cable for an electricbrake and to the cable for an internal light,though not above 15W.

For connections use the preset controlunit with battery cable no less than 2.5mm2.

Do not exceed the speed limits of thecountry you are driving in. In any case donot exceed 100 km/h.

It is recommended to use a proper tow-ing stabiliser on the trailer drawbar.

140

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SE

OF TH

E CAR

The ABS system with whichthe car may be fitted does

not control the trailer braking system.Drive with extreme care on slipperyroadbeds.

WARNING

Under no circumstancesshould the car brake system

be altered to control the trailer brake.The trailer braking system must befully independent of the car hydraulicsystem.

WARNING


ASSEMBLY DIAGRAM fig. 7

The tow hook structure must be fastened using a total of 4 M10 screws(A).

Thickness of upper plates, left B and right C, shall be 6 mm min.

Thickness of lower plates, left E and right F, shall be 8 mm min.

The hook should be fastened to the body avoiding any type of drillingand trimming of the rear bumpers that remains visible when the hookis removed.

IMPORTANT It is compulsory to fasten a label (plainly visible) of suit-able size and material with the following wording:

MAX LOAD ON BALL 70 kg

After fitting, screw holes shall be sealed to prevent exhaust gas inlet.

141

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SE

OF TH

E CAR

fig. 7 FF0L0236m


IMPORTANT When snow tyres are usedwith a max speed index below the onethat can be reached by the car (increasedby 5%), place a notice in the passenger’scompartment, plainly in the driver’s viewwhich states the max permissible speed ofthe snow tyres (as per EC Directive).

All four tyres should be the same (brandand track) to ensure greater safety whendriving and braking and better driveabili-ty.

Remember that it is inappropriate tochange the direction of rotation of tyres.

SNOW TYRES

Use snow tyres of the same size as thenormal tyres provided with the car.

Fiat Dealership will be happy to provideadvice concerning the most suitable typeof tyre for the customer’s requirements.

For the type of tyre to be used, inflationpressures and the specifications of snowtyres, follow the instructions given in para-graph “Wheels” in section “Technicalspecifications”.

The winter features of these tyres are re-duced considerably when the tread depthis below 4 mm. In this case, they shouldbe replaced.

Due to the snow tyre features, under nor-mal conditions of use or on long motor-way journeys, the performance of thesetyres is lower than that of normal tyres. Itis therefore necessary to limit their use tothe purposes for which they are certified.

142

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SE

OF TH

E CAR

The max speed for snowtyres with “Q” marking is

160 km/h; 190 km/h for tyres with “T”marking and 210 km/h for tyres withH marking. The Road Traffic Codespeed limits must however be alwaysstrictly observed.

WARNING


SNOW CHAINS

Use of snow chains should be in compli-ance with local regulations.

Snow chains should only be applied to thedriving wheels (front wheels). We rec-ommend using Lineaccessori Fiat snowchains.

Check the tension of the chains after thefirst few metres have been driven.

IMPORTANT Snow chains cannot be fit-ted to the space-saver spare wheel. So, ifa front (drive) wheel is punctured andchains are needed, a rear wheel should befitted to the front of the car and the sparewheel should be fitted to the rear. Thisway with two normal drive wheels, snowchains can be fitted to them to solve anemergency.

IMPORTANT Snow chains shall only bea temporary solution. Use snow tyres ifyou have to travel for long on roadbedscovered with snow or ice.

IMPORTANT With snow chains fitted,use the accelerator with extreme care toprevent or to reduce to a minimum dri-ving wheel skidding in order to avoid snowchain breaking that could cause damagesto the body or the mechanical parts of thecar.

143

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SE

OF TH

E CAR

Versions Tyres on which chains Type of snow chains can be fitted to be used

1.8 - 2.2 205/55 R16 91V

1.9 Multijet 215/55 R16 93W2.4 Multijet

215/50 R17 91W

Snow chains with reduced size with max protrusion beyond the tyre

profile of 9 mm

Refer to the above mentioned table for information on the wheels wheresnow chains can be fitted. Follow the prescriptions.

Keep your speed down when snow chains are fitted. Do not ex-ceed 40 km/h. Avoid potholes, steps and pavements and avoidalso to drive for long distances on roads not covered with snowto prevent damaging the car and the roadbed.


❒ clean and protect the painted parts us-ing protective wax;

❒ clean and protect the shiny metal partsusing special compounds readily avail-able;

❒ sprinkle talcum powder on the rubberwindscreen and rear window wiperblades and lift them off the glass;

❒ slightly open the windows;

❒ cover the car with a cloth or perfo-rated plastic sheet. Do not use sheetsof non-perforated plastic as they donot allow moisture on the car body toevaporate;

❒ inflate tyres to +0,5 bar above thenormal specified pressure and check itat intervals;

❒ when the battery is not disconnectedfrom the electric system, if the vehicleis equipped with a battery with an op-tical indicator, control its charge sta-tus every 30 days and if the optical in-dicator shows a dark colour withoutthe central green zone, recharge it;

❒ do not drain the engine cooling sys-tem.

IMPORTANT Where relevant, switch offthe car alarm with the remote control.

CAR INACTIVITY

If the car is to be left inactive for longerthan a month, the following precautionsshould be noted:

❒ park the car in covered, dry and if pos-sible well-ventilated premises;

❒ engage a gear (position P with auto-matic transmission);

❒ check that the handbrake is not en-gaged;

❒ disconnect battery terminals (first dis-connect the negative terminal);

❒ if the vehicle is equipped with a bat-tery with an optical indicator, controlits charge status. This check is to berepeated every three months whenthe car is left inactive. Recharge if theoptical indicator shows a dark colourwithout the central green area;

144

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SE

OF TH

E CAR


145

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARW

ARNI

NGLIG

HTS A

NDME

SSAG

ES

GENERAL WARNINGS...................................................... 146INSUFFICIENT BRAKE LIQUID ....................................... 146HAND BRAKE ENGAGED ............................................... 146AIR BAG FAILURE................................................................ 146PASSENGER SIDE FRONT AND SIDE CHESTPROTECTION AIR BAGS (SIDE BAGS) OFF ............... 147 SEAT BELTS NOT FASTENED ......................................... 147EXCESSIVE ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE ..... 148INSUFFICIENT BATTERY RECHARGING .................... 148ABS SYSTEM FAILURE ........................................................ 148EBD FAILURE......................................................................... 148INSUFFICIENT ENGINE OIL PRESSURE........................ 149DEGRADED OIL................................................................... 149POWER STEERING FAILURE ........................................... 149INCOMPLETE DOOR CLOSURE.................................... 149INJECTION SYSTEM FAILURE ......................................... 149ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM FAILURE (EOBD) ........ 149FUEL RESERVE ..................................................................... 150SPARK PLUG PREHEATING ............................................. 150SPARK PLUG PREHEATING FAILURE ........................... 150WATER IN DIESEL FILTER ................................................ 151FIAT CODE - VEHICLE PROTECTION SYSTEM FAILURE ................................................................ 151ALARM FAILURE .................................................................. 151BREAK-IN ATTEMPT .......................................................... 151ELECTRONIC KEY NOT RECOGNISED ..................... 151EXTERIOR LIGHT FAILURE.............................................. 152REAR FOG LIGHTS ............................................................. 152

GENERIC SIGNALLING ..................................................... 152ESP SYSTEM FAILURE ......................................................... 154HILL HOLDER FAILURE .................................................... 154POSITION LIGHTS AND LOW BEAMS ........................ 154FOLLOW ME HOME........................................................... 154FOG LIGHTS ......................................................................... 154LEFT TURN SIGNAL ........................................................... 154RIGHT TURN SIGNAL ....................................................... 154HIGH BEAMS......................................................................... 155POSSIBILITY OF ICE ON ROADS................................... 155LIMITED RANGE .................................................................. 155ASR SYSTEM .......................................................................... 155AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FAILURE ..................... 155MAXIMUM AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION OILTEMPERATURE .................................................................... 155SET SPEED LIMIT EXCEEDANCE.................................... 156CONSTANT SPEED REGULATOR (CRUISE CONTROL).......................................................... 156BRAKE PAD WEAR ............................................................. 156MINIMUM ENGINE OIL LEVEL ....................................... 156REAR SIDE CHEST PROTECTION AIR BAGS (REAR SIDE BAGS) OFF ..................................................... 156 TURNING OFF A MOVING VEHICLE........................... 156STARTING PROCEDURE DISPLAY INFORMATIONMESSAGES (AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION)............... 156STARTING PROCEDURE DISPLAY INFORMATIONMESSAGES (MANUAL TRANSMISSION) ...................... 156

WWWAARRNNIINNGG LLIIGGHHTTSS AANNDD MMEESSSSAAGGEEESS


146

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

WARNING LIGHTSAND MESSAGES

GENERAL WARNINGSTurning on of warning light is accompa-nied by specific message and/or by buzzersound where provided by instrument pan-el. These indications are concise andcautionary and shall not be consideredas exhaustive and/or as an alternative tothe specifications contained in this Own-er Handbook which shall always be readthrough carefully and thoroughly. In caseof failure indication always refer to thespecifications contained in this sec-tion.IMPORTANT Failure indications displayedare divided into two categories: very se-rious and less serious failures.Very serious failures are indicated by awarning “cycle” repeated until failure iseliminated.Less serious failures are indicated by a lim-ited warning “cycle”.The warning cycle of both failure classescan be stopped by pressing buttonMODE. The instrument panel warninglight will stay on until eliminating the fault.As concerns messages relevant to the ver-sions equipped with Dualogic gearbox, seethe attached Supplement.

LOW BRAKE FLUIDLEVEL (red)

HANDBRAKE ON (red)

Turning the ignition key to ON the warn-ing light turns on, but it should go off af-ter few seconds.

Low brake fluid level

The warning light turns on when the lev-el of the brake fluid in the reservoir fallsbelow the minimum level, due to possi-ble leak in the circuit.

The display will show the dedicated mes-sage.

x

If the warning light x turnson when travelling (on cer-

tain versions together with the mes-sage on the display) stop the car im-mediately and contact Fiat Dealer-ship.

WARNING

Handbrake on

The warning light turns on when the hand-brake is on.

On certain versions, if the car is movingthe buzzer will also sound.

IMPORTANT If the warning light turns onwhen travelling, check that the handbrakeis not engaged.

AIR BAG FAILURE(red)

Turning the ignition key to ONthe warning light turns on, but it should gooff after few seconds.

The warning light stays on glowing steadi-ly if there is a failure in the air bag system.


¬


147

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARW

ARNI

NGLIG

HTS A

NDME

SSAG

ES

If when turning the ignitionkey to ON, the warning light

¬ does not turn on or stays on whentravelling there could be a failure insafety systems; in this event air bagsor pretensioners could not trigger incase of impact or, in a minor num-ber of cases, they could trigger acci-dentally. Contact Fiat Dealership im-mediately to have the systemchecked.

WARNING

The failure of the ¬warninglight is also indicated by the

flashing for more than the normal 4seconds of the passenger’s front airbag deactivated warning light F .In addition the air bag system will de-activate automatically the passen-ger’s air bags (front and side whereprovided). In this event, warning light¬ could not indicate safety systemsfailures. Contact Fiat Dealership im-mediately to have the systemchecked.

WARNING

PASSENGER SIDEFRONT AND SIDECHEST PROTECTIONAIR BAGS (side bags)OFF (amber yellow)

Warning light F will come on when de-activating the passenger front air bag andside bag (where provided). With passen-ger front air bag active, turning the igni-tion key to ON, warning light F willturn on with fixed light for about 4 sec-onds and then it will flash for other 4 sec-onds. It shall then go off.

F

The failure of the warninglight F is indicated by the

turning on of warning light ¬. In ad-dition the air bag system will deacti-vate automatically the passenger’s airbags (front and side where provided).Contact Fiat Dealership immediatelyto have the system checked.

WARNING

SEAT BELTS NOT FASTENED

The warning light on the dialturns on glowing steadily with car

stationary and driver’s seat belt not fas-tened correctly. The warning light will turnon flashing together with the buzzer when,with car moving, front seat belts are notfastened correctly. The S.B.R. (Seat Belt Re-minder) buzzer can only be excluded by Fi-at Dealership. The system can be reacti-vated through the set-up menu (see dia-gram aside). The display will show the ded-icated message.

<


148

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

❒ Car heavy duty (e.g.: towing traileruphill of fully laden car): decreasespeed, if the warning light stays on,stop the car. Wait for 2 or 3 minutesleaving the engine on and slightly ac-celerated to further activate the cir-culation of the coolant fluid, thenswitch the engine off. Check propercoolant level as described previously.

IMPORTANT Under severe use of thecar, keep the engine on and slightly accel-erated for few minutes before switching itoff.


LOW BATTERYCHARGE (red)(where provided)

Turning the key to ON the warninglight turns on, but it should go out assoon as the engine is started (with theengine running at idle speed a briefdelay in going out is allowed).

If the warning light stays on contact im-mediately Fiat Dealership.

w

INEFFICIENT ABSSYSTEM (amber)

Turning the key to ON thewarning light turns on, but it should go offafter few seconds.

The warning light turns on when the sys-tem is inefficient or unavailable. In this casethe braking system keeps its effectivenessunchanged, but without the potential of-fered by the ABS system. Caution is ad-visable and it is necessary to contact FiatDealership.


>

INEFFICIENTEBDELECTRONICBRAKING

DISTRIBUTOR (red) (amber)

The turning on at the same time of warn-ing lights x and > with the engine run-ning indicates an EBD system failure orthat the system is unavailable; in this caseheavy braking may cause the rear wheelsto lock before time, with the possibility ofskidding. Drive with the utmost care tothe nearest Fiat Dealership to have thesystem checked.


x >

HIGH TEMPERATUREENGINE COOLANTFLUID (red)


The warning light turns on when the en-gine is overheated.

If the warning light comes on when dri-ving, proceed as follows:

❒ normal driving conditions: stopthe car, switch off the engine andcheck whether the water level in thereservoir is not below the MIN mark.Otherwise wait for few seconds to al-low the engine cooling, then openslowly and carefully the cap, top upcoolant and check whether its level isfalling between MIN and MAX marksin the reservoir. Check visually anyleak. If, when restarting, the warninglight comes on again, contact a FiatDealership.

ç


EXHAUST OIL (Multijet versions)

The warning light with turn onflashing together with the mes-

sage on the display when the system de-tects that the engine oil is exhaust.

After the first indication, at each enginestarting the warning light vwill go onflashing for 60 seconds and then for 2hours until oil is changed.

If warning light v flashes,contact Fiat Dealership im-mediately to have oil changed

and instrument panel warning lightturned off.

149

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARW

ARNI

NGLIG

HTS A

NDME

SSAG

ES

LOW ENGINE OILPRESSURE (red)

Turning the ignition key to ONthe warning light turns on, but it

should go off after few seconds.


v

v

If the warning light vturns on when travelling to-

gether with the message on the dis-play, stop the engine immediatelyand contact a Fiat Dealership.

WARNING

INJECTION SYSTEM FAILURE (Multijet versions - red)

EOBD ENGINECONTROL SYSTEM FAILURE(petrol versions - amber)

Injection system failure


If the warning light stays on or turns onwhen travelling, means a fault in the sup-ply/ignition system which could cause highemissions at the exhaust, possible lack ofperformance, poor handling and high con-sumption levels.

On certain versions the dedicated messageis displayed.

In these conditions it is possible to con-tinue driving without however requiringheavy effort or high speed from the en-gine. In any case, contact Fiat Dealershipas soon as possible.

EOBD ENGINE CONTROLSYSTEM FAILURE

Under normal conditions, turning the ig-nition key to ON, the warning light turnson, but it should go off when the engine hasstarted. In this case, turning on indicatesproper working of the warning light. If the

U

INCOMPLETE DOORLOCKING (red)(where provided)

The warning light turns on whenone or more doors, the boot or the bon-net are not properly shut. The dedicatedmessage will be displayed.

When travelling with door/doors, boot orbonnet open also a buzzer will sound.

´

POWER STEERINGFAILURE (red)(where provided)

Turning the ignition key to ON the warn-ing light turns on, but it should go off af-ter few seconds. If the warning light stayson, you will not have steering assistanceand the effort on the steering wheel willbe increased, steering is however possi-ble. Contact Fiat Dealership. The dedicat-ed message will be displayed.

g


150

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

If when turning ignition key atON, the warning light Udoes not turn on or if it turnson with fixed light or flashing

(on certain versions together with themessage on the display) when the caris travelling, contact Fiat Dealership assoon as possible. Warning light U op-eration can by checked by trafficagents by proper equipment therefore,comply with laws and regulations inforce in the country where you are dri-ving.

çFUEL RESERVE(amber)

Turning the ignition key to ONthe warning light comes on but shall go offafter few seconds.

The warning light turns on when about 5litres fuel are left in the tank.

IMPORTANT The warning light flashes toindicate a failure, contact Fiat Dealershipas soon as possible to have the systemchecked.

GLOW PLUGWARMING (Multijet versions - amber)

GLOW PLUG WARMINGFAILURE(Multijet versions - amber)

Glow plug warming

Turning the ignition key to ON the warn-ing light turns on and it will go off whenglow plugs reach the preset temperature.Start the engine immediately after warn-ing light turning off.

IMPORTANT With hot ambient temper-ature, warning light stays on for very shorttime.

Glow plug warming failure

The warning light turns on when there isa failure in the glow plug warming system.Contact Fiat Dealership as soon as possi-ble.


m

warning light stays on or turns on whentravelling:

❒ glowing steadily: means a fault in thesupply/ignition system which couldcause high emissions at the exhaust,possible lack of performance, poorhandling and high consumption levels.

On certain versions the dedicated mes-sage is displayed.

In these conditions it is possible to con-tinue driving without however requiringheavy effort or high speed from the en-gine. Prolonged use of the car with thewarning light on may cause damages. Con-tact Fiat Dealership as soon as possible.The warning light goes off if the fault dis-appears, but it is still stored by the system.

❒ flashing: indicates the possibility ofdamage to the catalyst (see “EOBDsystem” in section “Dashboard andcontrols”).

If the light flashes, it is necessary to releasethe accelerator pedal to lower the speedof the engine until the warning light stopsflashing; continue the journey at moder-ate speed, trying to avoid driving condi-tions that may cause further flashing andcontact Fiat Dealership as soon as possi-ble.


151

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARW

ARNI

NGLIG

HTS A

NDME

SSAG

ES

WATER IN DIESELFUEL FILTER (Multijet versions -amber)


The warning light c turns on when thereis water in the diesel fuel filter. On certainversions warning light è will turn on.


c

The presence of water in thefuel circuit may cause seriousdamage to the entire injec-tion system and cause irreg-

ular engine operation. If the warninglight c turns on (on certain versions to-gether with the message on the display)contact Fiat Dealership as soon as pos-sible to have the system relieved. If theabove indications come on immedi-ately after refuelling, water has prob-ably been poured into the tank: turnthe engine off immediately and contactFiat Dealership.

CAR PROTECTIONSYSTEM FAILURE -FIAT CODE(amber)(where provided)

Turning the key to ON the warninglight shall flash only once and then gooff.

If with the ignition key at ON the warn-ing light comes on with fixed light, this in-dicates a possible failure (see “The FiatCode system” in section “Dashboard andcontrols”).

IMPORTANT The turning on at the sametime of the U and Y warning lights in-dicates a failure of the Fiat CODE system.

If with the engine running the warning lightY flashes, this means that the car is notprotected by the engine inhibitor device(see “Fiat Code system” in section “Dash-board and controls”).

Contact Fiat Dealership to have all thekeys memorised.

ALARM FAILURE (where provided)

The turning on of the warninglight (together with the message

on the display and the buzzer) indicatesthat there is a failure in the electronicalarm system. Contact Fiat Dealership assoon as possible.

Y Y

BREAK-IN ATTEMPT(where provided)

The turning on of the warninglight (together with the message

on the display), indicates an attempt ofbreak-in.

ELECTRONIC KEY NOTRECOGNISED(where provided)

The turning on of the warninglight (together with the message on thedisplay and the buzzer) indicates that theelectronic key being used is not enabled.

Y

Y


Warning light v turns ontogether with the dedicatedmessage on the display to in-dicate that the cleaning pro-

cedure cannot be performed, contactFiat Dealership as soon as possible.

152

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

GENERIC FAILUREINDICATION (amber)

The warning light turns on in the follow-ing circumstances.

Engine oil pressure sensor failure

The warning light comes on when the en-gine oil pressure sensor is faulty. ContactFiat Dealership as soon as possible.


èEXTERNAL LIGHTFAILURE (amber)

The warning light turns onwhen one of the following lights is failing: – side/taillights– brake lights (third brake light excluded)– rear fog lights– direction indicators– number plate lights.The failure referring to these lights couldbe: one or more blown bulbs, a blownprotection fuse or an electric connectioncut-off.


W

REAR FOG LIGHTS(amber)

The warning light turns onwhen the rear fog lights are turned on.

4

Diesel particulate filter clogged(Multijet versions)

The warning light turns on together withthe message on the display and the buzzerwhen the diesel particulate filter is cloggedand the driving conditions do not enableto activate automatically the reclaimingprocedure.

To enable the cleaning procedure, keepthe car running until the warning lightturns off.

Inertial fuel cut-off switchintervened

The warning light turns on together withthe message on the display, when the in-ertial fuel cut-off switch is triggered.

To reset the fuel cut-off switch, see para-graph “Power and fuel cut-off switch” insection “Dashboard and controls”.

Rain sensor failure

The warning light on the dial turns on (oncertain versions together with the mes-sage on the display) when the rain sensoris faulty. Contact Fiat Dealership.


153

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARW

ARNI

NGLIG

HTS A

NDME

SSAG

ES

Parking sensor failure (where provided)

The warning light on the dial turns on to-gether with the message on the displaywhen failure is detected in parking sensors.

Contact Fiat Dealership.

Antipinch system failure (where provided)

The warning light on the dial turns on to-gether with the message on the displaywhen failure is detected in the antipinchsystem.

Contact Fiat Dealership.

Twilight sensor failure (where provided)

The warning light on the dial turns on (to-gether with the message on the display)when failure is detected in twilight sen-sor (adjusting headlight sensitivity).

Check tyre pressure(where provided)

The warning light on the dial turns on (to-gether with the message on the display),when tyre pressure is low or excessive.

In this case, inflate tyres to the specifiedpressure values (see paragraph “Inflatingpressures” in section “Technical Specifi-cations”).

Flat tyres (where provided)

The warning light on the dial turns on (to-gether with message on the display andthe buzzer), when there is a pressure dropin one or more tyres. In this way theT.P.M.S. system warns the driver that oneor more tyre/s is/are flat (i.e. punctured).

IMPORTANT Stop travelling with one ormore flat tyre/s since road holding couldbe jeopardised. Stop the car without brak-ing or steering sharply. Change immedi-ately punctured wheel with space-saverspare wheel (where provided - see sec-tion “In an emergency”) and contact FiatDealership as soon as possible.

Tyre pressure monitoring systemfailure (where provided)

The warning light on the dial turns on (to-gether with the message on the display)when a failure is detected in the T.P.M.S.system (where provided).

Contact Fiat Dealership as soon as possi-ble.

Should one or more wheels without sen-sor be fitted, the instrument panel warn-ing light will come on (together with themessage on the display) and stay on untilfitting again the four wheels with sensors.


154

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

FRONT FOG LIGHTS(green)

The warning light turns onwhen the front fog lights are turned on.

5

LEFT-HANDDIRECTIONINDICATOR (green -intermittent)

The warning light turns on when the di-rection indicator control lever is moveddownwards or, together with the right in-dicator, when the hazard warning lightbutton is pressed.

F

RIGHT-HANDDIRECTIONINDICATOR (green -intermittent)

The warning light turns on when the di-rection indicator control lever is movedupwards or, together with the left indica-tor, when the hazard warning light buttonis pressed.

D

ESP SYSTEM FAILURE(amber)


If the warning light does not go off or stayson when travelling together with the but-ton led ASR OFF, contact Fiat Dealer-ship.


Note Warning light flashing when drivingindicates that the ESP system is active.

áSIDE/TAILLIGHTS AND LOW BEAMS(green)

FOLLOW ME HOME(green)

Side/taillights and low beams

The warning light turns on when side/tail-lights or low beams are turned on.

Follow me home

The warning light will turn when this de-vice is active (see “Follow me home” insection “Dashboard and controls”).


3

HILL HOLDER FAILURE(amber)


The warning light will turn on when theHill Holder system is faulty. Contact FiatDealership as soon as possible.


á


HIGH GEARBOX OILTEMPERATURE

The warning light comes on(together with the message o the

display and the warning buzzer) glowingsteadily to indicate that the temperatureof the automatic transmission oil is toohigh.

Contact immediately FiatDealership in case of trans-mission failure to have thesystem checked.

AUTOMATICTRANSMISSIONFAILURE

Turning the ignition key to ON,the warning light on the dial shall turn onand then go off after a few seconds.

The warning light (together with the mes-sage o the display and the warning buzzer)flashes to indicate a transmission failure.

155

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARW

ARNI

NGLIG

HTS A

NDME

SSAG

ES

MAIN BEAMS (blue)

The warning light turns onwhen the main beams are

turned on.

1LIMITED RANGE(versions with reconfigurablemultifunction display)

The display will show the dedicated mes-sage to warn the driver that the cruisingrange is less than 50 km.

ASR SYSTEM (versions with recon-figurable multifunction display)

The ASR system can be turned off bypressing the button ASR OFF.

The display will show the dedicated mes-sage to warn the driver that the systemis off; at the same time the button led willturn on.

Pressing again button ASR OFF will turnoff the button led and the display will showthe dedicated message to warn the dri-ver that the system is active again.

POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF ICEON THE ROAD (versions with reconfigurablemultifunction display)

This indication starts flashing when theoutside temperature reaches or falls be-low 3°C to warn the driver of the possi-ble presence of ice on the road.


t

t


Should the warning light turnon glowing steadily, reduce en-gine perormance and contactimmediately Fiat Dealership.

156

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

AR

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

SPEED LIMIT EXCEEDED

The display will show the dedicated mes-sage and the buzzer will sound when the carexceeds the speed limit set previously (see“Reconfigurable Multifunction Display” insection “Dashboard and controls”).

CRUISE CONTROL (where provided)

The warning light turns on to-gether with the message on the

display when turning the knurled ring ofthe Cruise Control to ON.

BRAKE PAD WEAR(where provided)

The warning light on the dialturns on (together with the mes-

sage on the display) if the front brake padsare worn; in this case have them changedas soon as possible.

LOW ENGINE OILLEVEL

The warning light (if any) on thedial comes on together with the

message on the display and the buzzerwhen the engine oil level falls below theminimum level. Restore proper oil level(see “Checking levels” in section “Carmaintenance”).

Turning the ignition key to ON the warn-ing light on the dial turns on but it shouldgo off after few seconds.

k

REAR SIDE CHESTPROTECTION AIRBAGS (Rear Side Bags)OFF (where provided)

Warning light À turns on when the rearside chest protection air bags are turnedoff (Rear Side Bags) (where provided).With the air bags on, by turning the keyto the ON position, the warning light Àwill turn on with a stationary light for ap-prox. 4 seconds, then flash for the next 4seconds, after which it will turn off.

À

ENGINE OFF WHEN RUNNING

Message is displayed when the engine isturned off at a speed higher than 10 km/h;steering lock is disabled.

To restore the function, turn the ignitionkey to ON and then to OFF again withthe car stopped.

STARTING PROCEDUREMESSAGES (automatic transmission)

Starting procedure messages shown onthe display when reaching position ONwith enabled key.

STARTING PROCEDUREMESSAGES (manual transmission)

Starting procedure messages shown onthe display when reaching position ONwith enabled key.

d

Ü


157

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

CAR

MAI

NTEN

ANCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATI

ONS

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T US

EOF

THE

CAR

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

STARTUP WITH AN AUXILIARY BATTERY ............... 158

COASTING STARTUP ........................................................ 159

CHANGING A WHEEL ...................................................... 159

FIX & GO AUTOMATIC RAPID TYRE REPAIR KIT .. 165

CHANGING A LAMP.......................................................... 169

CHANGING AN EXTERIOR LAMP ................................ 173

CHANGING AN INTERIOR LAMP................................. 178

FUSE REPLACEMENT.......................................................... 181

BATTERY RECHARGING .................................................. 190

VEHICLE LIFTING ................................................................ 190

VEHICLE TOWING ............................................................. 191

IIINN AANN EEMMEERRGGEENNCCYY


158

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

CAR

TECH

NICA

LIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT

USE

OF T

HE C

ARIN

AN

EMER

GENC

Y

If after a few attempts the engine does notstart, do not insist but contact the near-est Fiat Dealership.

IMPORTANT Do not directly connect thenegative terminals of the two batteries:sparks could ignite the flammable gas fromthe battery. If the other battery is fitted inanother car, prevent accidental contactsbetween the metal parts of the two cars.

JUMP STARTING

If the battery is flat, it is possible to startthe engine using an auxiliary battery withthe same capacity or a little higher thanthe flat one.

Proceed as follows fig. 1:

❒ Connect positive terminals (+ nearthe terminal) of the two batteries witha jump lead;

❒ With a second lead, connect the neg-ative terminal (–) of the auxiliary bat-tery and to an earthing point E on theengine or the gearbox of the car to bestarted;

❒ Start the engine;

❒ When the engine has been started, re-move the leads reversing the orderabove.

fig. 1 F0L0127m

Under no circumstancesshould a battery charger beused to start the engine: itcould damage the electronic

systems and in particular the ignitionand injection control units.

Do not carry out this proce-dure if you lack experience; if

it is not done correctly it can causevery intense electrical discharges. Inaddition, the fluid contained in thebattery is poisonous and corrosive.Avoid contact with skin and eyes. Youare also advised not to put nakedflames or lighted cigarettes near thebattery and not to cause sparks.

WARNING


159

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

CAR

MAI

NTEN

ANCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATI

ONS

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T US

EOF

THE

CAR

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

IF A TYRE ISPUNCTURED

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

Wheel changing and correct use of thejack and space-saver spare wheel call forsome precautions as listed below.

BUMP STARTING

Never bump start the engine (by pushing,towing, or coasting downhill) as this couldcause fuel to flow into the catalytic ex-haust system and damage it beyond repair.

Remember that the brake booster and thepower steering system are not operatinguntil the engine is started, a greater effortwill therefore be required to press thebrake pedal or to turn the steering wheel.

Alert other drivers that thecar is stationary in compli-

ance with local regulations: hazardwarning lights, warning triangle etc.Any passengers on board should leavethe car, especially if it is heavily laden.Passengers should stay away from on-coming traffic while the wheel is be-ing changed on. If the wheel is beingchanged on a steep or badly surfacedroad, place the wedges or other suit-able material under the wheel to stopthe car.

WARNING

The space-saver spare wheelis specific to your car, do not

use it on other models, or use thespare wheel of other models on yourcar. The space-saver spare wheelshall only be used in an emergency. It shall only be used for the distancenecessary to reach a service point andthe car speed shall not exceed 80Km/h. The spare wheel has an orangesticker that summarises the main cau-tions for use and limitations. Thesticker should never be removed orcovered. Never fit a wheel cap on a space-saver spare wheel. The sticker givesthe following information in four lan-guages: caution! For temporary useonly! 80 km/h max! Replace by nor-mal wheel as soon as possible. Do notcover this label.

WARNING


160

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

CAR

TECH

NICA

LIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT

USE

OF T

HE C

ARIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YWhen driving with a space-saver spare wheel fitted, the

driving performance of the carchanges. Avoid accelerating or brak-ing sharply, abrupt turns or fast cor-nerings. The life of the spare wheelis approx. 3000 Km, after this dis-tance it should be replaced with an-other of the same type. Never at-tempt to fit a conventional tyre on arim designed for use as a space-saverspare wheel. Have the puncturedwheel repaired and refitted as soonas possible. Two or more space-saverspare wheels should never be used to-gether. Do not grease the threads ofbolts before installing them: theymight slip out.

WARNING

The jack shall only be usedfor changing wheels on the

car with which it is provided or oncars of the same model.It must not be used for other purpos-es such as for instance raising cars ofother models. In no case should it beused for repairs under the car. Incor-rect positioning of the jack may causethe jacked car to fall. Do not use thejack for higher capacities than statedon its label. Snow chains cannot befitted to the space-saver spare wheel.So, if a front (drive) wheel is punc-tured and chains are needed, a rearwheel should be fitted to the front ofthe car and the spare wheel should befitted to the rear. This way with twonormal drive wheels, snow chains canbe fitted to them to solve an emer-gency.

WARNING

Fasten the wheel cap cor-rectly to prevent the wheel

from coming free in motion. Nevertamper with the inflation valve. Nev-er place tools between the rim andtyre. Check and restore, if required,the pressure of tyres and spare wheelto the values given in section “Tech-nical Specifications”.

WARNING


161

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

CAR

MAI

NTEN

ANCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATI

ONS

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T US

EOF

THE

CAR

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

To change a wheel proceed as follows:

❒ Stop the car in a position that is notdangerous for oncoming traffic whereyou can change the wheel safely. Theground should be flat and adequatelyfirm;

❒ Turn the engine off and pull up thehandbrake;

❒ Engage first gear or reverse (positionP with automatic transmission);

❒ Use the special handle to lift the loadsurface (where provided), as shown infig. 2;

❒ Lift the luggage compartment panelmat

❒ Make the wire secured under theloading surface (where provided), passthrough the proper slot secured tothe boot shelf mat and fasten both tothe hook on the upper roof, as shownin fig. 3;

❒ Loosen the fastener A-fig. 4;

Please note:

❒ the jack weight is 1,76 kg;

❒ the jack requires no adjustment;

❒ the jack cannot be repaired. If it breaksit must be replaced with a new jack;

❒ no tool other than its cranking devicemay be fitted on the jack.



162

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

CAR

TECH

NICA

LIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT

USE

OF T

HE C

ARIN

AN

EMER

GENC

Y

Note Before replacing the drilled wheel(if in alloy) in the specific housing, remo-ve the snap-in logo holder pressing on itfrom the its internal side.

❒ For vehicles with steel rims, removethe pressure inserted wheel hub capD-fig. 6;

❒ loosen the bolts of the wheel to be re-placed by about one turn with thewrench provided E-fig. 7; if the caris fitted with alloy rims, shake the carto facilitate removing this rim from thewheel hub;

❒ take out the space-saver spare wheelB-fig. 4 to access the tool containerC-fig. 5;

❒ take out the tool container C-fig. 5and take it near to the wheel to bechanged;

❒ remove the spacer set under thespace-saver spare wheel to house thestandard size wheel.

IMPORTANT: failing to observe this pre-scription could cause boot floor breaking.

fig. 5 F0L0219m fig. 7 F0L0366mfig. 6

D

F0L0370m


163

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

CAR

MAI

NTEN

ANCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATI

ONS

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T US

EOF

THE

CAR

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

❒ make sure the contact surfaces be-tween spare wheel and hub are cleanso that the fastening bolts will notcome loose;

❒ using the wrench provided, fully tight-en the five fastening bolts;

❒ turn the jack handle L-fig. 8 to low-er the car and remove the jack;

❒ use the wrench provided to fasten thebolts completely in a criss-cross fash-ion as shown in fig. 9.

❒ operate the device F-fig. 8 to extendthe jack until the top of the jack G-fig. 8 fits correctly into catch H-fig. 8;

❒ warn anybody nearby that the car isabout to be lifted. They must stay clearand not touch the car until it is backon the ground;

❒ fit the handle L-fig. 8 to operate thejack and lift the car until the wheel tobe changed is several centimetres offthe ground;

fig. 8 F0L0367m fig. 9 F0L0188m


164

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

CAR

TECH

NICA

LIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT

USE

OF T

HE C

ARIN

AN

EMER

GENC

Y

For versions with alloy rims

❒ Insert the wheel on the hub and, usingthe wrench provided, tighten thebolts.

❒ Lower the car and remove the jack.

❒ Using the wrench provided, fully tigh-ten the bolts in the sequence shownin fig. 10;

❒ insert the logo holder by pressing onthe exterior side.

When you have finished

❒ Place the spacer.

❒ Fit the jack partially open in its con-tainer C-fig. 11 forcing it lightly toprevent it from vibrating when travel-ling.

❒ Put the tools back into their places inthe container.

REFITTING THE STANDARDWHEEL

Following the procedure described previ-ously, raise the car and remove the sparewheel.

For versions with steel rim

Proceed as follows:

❒ make sure the contact surfaces be-tween standard wheel and hub areclean so that the fastening bolts willnot come loose;

❒ fit the standard wheel by inserting thefirst bolt for two threads into the holeclosest to the inflation valve;

❒ using the wrench provided, tighten thefastening bolts;

❒ lower the car and remove the jack;

❒ using the wrench provided, fully tight-en the bolts in the sequence shownpreviously;

❒ fit the wheel cap making the groove(on the wheel cap) coincide with theinflation valve.

fig. 11 F0L0219mfig. 10

2

53

14

F0L0368m


165

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

CAR

MAI

NTEN

ANCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATI

ONS

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T US

EOF

THE

CAR

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

❒ Stow the container C-fig. 11, com-plete with tools in the boot.

❒ Place the space-saver spare wheel B-fig. 12 in the space provided for thepurpose inside the boot and secure itwith the clamping device A-fig. 12.

fig. 12 F0L0218m

QUICK TYRE REPAIRKIT FIX & GOautomatic

The quick tyre repair kit Fix & Go auto-matic is located in the appropriate con-tainer in the boot .

The quick tyre repair kit includes fig. 13:

❒ bottle A containing sealer and fittedwith:

– filler hose B

– sticker C with caution “max. 80km/h”, to be affixed in a visible posi-tion for the driver (instrument panel)after repairing the tyre

❒ instruction brochure (see fig. 14), tobe used for prompt and proper use ofthe quick repair kit and to be thenhanded to the personnel charged withhandling the treated tyre

❒ compressor D including gauge and con-nections

❒ a pair of protection gloves located inthe side space of the compressor

❒ adapters for inflating different elements.

Hand the instructionbrochure to the personnel

charged with treating the tyre re-paired with the kit.

WARNING

In the event of a puncturecaused by foreign bodies, it ispossible to repair tyres show-ing damages on the track or

shoulder up to max 4 mm diameter.

fig. 13 F0L0393m


166

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

CAR

TECH

NICA

LIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT

USE

OF T

HE C

ARIN

AN

EMER

GENC

Y

Holes and damages on thetyre side walls cannot be re-

paired. Do not use the quick tyre re-pair kit if damaging is due to runningwith flat tyre.

WARNING

Repairs are not possible incase of damages on the

wheel rim (bad groove distortioncausing air loss). Do not remove for-eign bodies (screws or nails) from thetyre.

WARNING

The cylinder contains ethyl-ene glycol. The cylinder con-

tains latex: it can cause allergic re-actions. It is harmful if ingested or in-haled and irritant for the eyes and incase of contact. In case of contactrinse immediately with water andtake off contaminated clothes. Ifswallowed, do not induce vomit, rinseout the mouth, drink a lot of waterand call the doctor immediately.Keep away from children. This prod-uct must not be used by asthmatics.Do not inhale vapours. Call the doc-tor immediately in case of allergic re-actions. Keep the cylinder in thespace provided for the purpose andfar from heat. The sealing fluid haslimited life. Replace the cylinder ifsealer has run out.

WARNINGIT SHOULD BE NOTICED THAT:

The sealing fluid of the quick tyre repairkit is effective with external temperaturesbetween –20 °C and +50 °C.

The compressor shall not beoperated for more than 20

minutes. Risk of overheating!. Tyresrepaired with the quick tyre repair kitshall be used temporarily only.

WARNING

Do not throw away the cylin-der and the sealing fluid.Have the sealing fluid and thecylinder disposed of in com-

pliance with national and local regu-lations.

fig. 14 F0L0394m


167

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

CAR

MAI

NTEN

ANCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATI

ONS

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T US

EOF

THE

CAR

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

INFLATING PROCEDURE

Put on the protection glovesprovided together with quick

tyre repair kit.

WARNING

❒ Pull up the handbrake. Loosen tyreinflation valve cap, take out the fillerhose A-fig. 15 and screw the ring nutB on the tyre valve;

❒ make sure the compressor switch E-fig. 17 is set to 0 (off), start the en-gine and fit plug D-fig. 16 into the cig-ar lighter outlet and then turn on thecompressor by setting switch E-fig. 17to I (on). Inflate the tyre to the pres-sure specified in paragraph “Cold tyreinflation pressure” in section “Techni-cal specifications”. Check tyre pressureon gauge F-fig. 17 with compressor offto obtain precise reading;

❒ If after 5 minutes it is still impossibleto reach at least 1.5 bar, disengage com-pressor from valve and current outlet,then move the car forth for approx. tenmetres in order to distribute the seal-ing fluid inside the tyre evenly, then re-peat the inflation operation;

❒ If after this operation it is still impossi-ble after 5 minutes to reach at least 1.8bar, do not start driving since the tyreis excessively damaged and the quicktyre repair kit cannot guarantee suit-able sealing, contact Fiat Dealership;

❒ If reaching the tyre pressure specifiedin paragraph “Cold tyre inflation pres-sure” in section “Technical specifica-tions”, start driving immediately;

fig. 17 F0L0396mfig. 15 F0L0530m fig. 16

D

F0L0533m


168

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

CAR

TECH

NICA

LIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT

USE

OF T

HE C

ARIN

AN

EMER

GENC

Y

Apply the sticker in a visibleposition for the driver to in-

dicate that the tyre has been treat-ed with the quick tyre repair kit. Dri-ve carefully especially when corner-ing. Do not exceed 80 km/h. Avoidheavy braking and accelerating.

WARNING

❒ after driving for about 10 minutes stopand check again the tyre pressure; pullup the handbrake;

FOR CHECKING ANDRESTORING PRESSURE ONLY

The compressor can be also used just forrestoring pressure. Disconnect the quickconnection and connect it directly to thetyre valve fig. 19; in this way the cylinderis not connected to compressor and thesealing fluid will not flow into the tyre.

❒ if at least 1.8 bar pressure is read, re-store proper pressure (with enginerunning and handbrake on) and restart;

❒ drive with the utmost care to the near-est Fiat Dealership.

It is of vital importance tocommunicate that the tyre

has been repaired using the quick tyrerepair kit. Hand the instructionbrochure to the personnel chargedwith treating the tyre repaired withthe kit.

WARNING

If the pressure falls below 1.8bars, do not drive any fur-

ther: the quick tyre repair kit Fix & Goautomatic cannot guarantee properhold because the tyre is too muchdamaged. Contact Fiat Dealership.

WARNING

fig. 18 F0L0531m fig. 19 F0L0532m


169

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

CAR

MAI

NTEN

ANCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATI

ONS

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T US

EOF

THE

CAR

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CYLINDER REPLACEMENTPROCEDURE

To replace the cylinder proceed as fol-lows:

❒ disconnect connection B-fig. 20;

❒ turn counter-clockwise the cylinder toreplace and raise it;

❒ fit the new cylinder and turn it clock-wise;

❒ connect connection B to the cylinderand fit the transparent tube A into theproper space.

WHEN NEEDING TOCHANGE A BULB

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

❒ When a light is not working, checkthat the corresponding fuse is intactbefore changing a bulb. For the loca-tion of fuses, refer to the paragraph “Ifa fuse blows” in this section;

❒ Before changing a bulb check the con-tacts for oxidation;

❒ Burnt bulbs must be replaced by oth-ers of the same type and power;

❒ Always check the height of the head-light beam after changing a bulb.

Halogen bulbs must be han-dled touching only the metal-lic part. If the transparent bulbis touched with the fingers, its

lighting intensity is reduced and life ofthe bulb may be compromised. Iftouched accidentally, rub the bulb witha cloth moistened with alcohol and al-low to dry.

Modifications or repairs tothe electrical system (elec-

tronic control units) carried out in-correctly and without bearing the fea-tures of the system in mind can causemalfunctions with the risk of fire.

WARNING

Halogen bulbs contain pres-surised gas which, if broken,

may cause small fragments of glass tobe projected outwards.

WARNING

fig. 20 F0L0398m


170

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

CAR

TECH

NICA

LIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT

USE

OF T

HE C

ARIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YTYPES OF BULBS fig. 21

Various types of bulbs are fitted to yourcar:

A Glass bulbs: clipped into position. Pullto remove.

B Bayonet type bulbs: press the bulb,turn counterclockwise to removethis type of bulb from its holder.

C Tubular bulbs: release them fromtheir contacts to remove.

D-E Halogen bulbs: to remove the bulb,release the clip holding the bulb inplace.

F Gas-discharge bulbs (Xenon).

F0L0072mfig. 21

Due to high voltage, the bulbof (Xenon) gas-discharge

headlights must only be replaced byexperts: danger of death! Contact Fi-at Dealership.

WARNING

IMPORTANT The headlight inner surfacemay be lightly misted over: this is not afault but a natural fact due to low tem-perature and the level of air humidity. Itwill disappear as soon the headlights areturned on. The presence of drops insidethe headlights means water infiltration,therefore contact Fiat Dealership.


171

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

CAR

MAI

NTEN

ANCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATI

ONS

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T US

EOF

THE

CAR

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

Bulbs Ref. Figure Type Power

Main beam headlights E H1 55W

Dipped beam headlights D H7 55W

Gas-discharge dipped beam headlights (where provided) F D2R 35W

Longlife front sidelights (2 per light) A W5W 5W

Front fog lights (where provided) E H1 55W

Front direction indicators B PY24W 24W

Side direction indicators A WY5W 5W

Rear direction indicators B R10W 10W

Taillights/brake lights B P21/5W 21W/5W

Third brake light (additional brake light) A W2,3W 2,3W


172

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

CAR

TECH

NICA

LIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT

USE

OF T

HE C

ARIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YBulbs Ref. Figure Type Power

Reversing light B P21W 21W

Rear fog lights B P21W 21W

Number plate lights C C5W 5W

Puddle / door lights A W5W 5W

Front roof light C C5W 5W

Rear roof light C C10W 10W

Glovebox light C C5W 5W

Boot light A W5W 5W

Sun visor lights C C5W 5W


173

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

CAR

MAI

NTEN

ANCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATI

ONS

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T US

EOF

THE

CAR

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

IF AN EXTERIOR LIGHTBURNS OUT

For the type of bulb and power rating, see“When needing to change a bulb”.

FRONT LIGHT UNITS fig. 22

The front light units contain the side/tail-lights, dipped beam, main beam and di-rection indicator bulbs.

The bulbs are arranged inside the light unitas follows:

A Sidelights / main beam headlights;

B Dipped beam headlights;

C Direction indicators.

DIPPED BEAM HEADLIGHTS

Gas-filled filament lamps

To change the bulb, proceed as follows:

❒ remove the protective cover B-fig. 22;

❒ release the bulb holder catch A-fig. 23;

❒ disconnect the electric connector B;

❒ remove the bulb C and replace it;

❒ fit the new bulb, making the tabs of themetallic part coincide with the grooveson the reflector, reconnect the electri-cal connector B then hook the bulbholder catch A;

❒ refit the protective cover A-fig. 22correctly.

Gas-discharge lamps (Bi-Xenon)(where provided)

Due to high voltage, the bulbof (Bi-Xenon) gas-discharge

headlights must only be replaced byexperts: danger of death! Contact Fi-at Dealership.

WARNING

fig. 22 F0L0399m fig. 23 F0L0402m


174

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

CAR

TECH

NICA

LIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT

USE

OF T

HE C

ARIN

AN

EMER

GENC

Y

SIDELIGHTS


❒ remove the protective cover A-fig. 22;

❒ turn the bulb holder A-fig. 24 coun-terclockwise and then withdraw it;

❒ remove the bulb B and replace it;

❒ fit the new bulb, refit the bulb holderA-fig. 24 and then refit the protectivecover B-fig. 22 correctly.

MAIN BEAM HEADLIGHTS


❒ remove the protective cover A-fig. 22;

❒ release the bulb holder catch A-fig. 25;

❒ remove the bulb C and replace it;

❒ fit the new bulb, making the tabs of themetallic part coincide with the grooveson the reflector, reconnect the electri-cal connector B then hook the bulbholder catch A;

❒ refit the protective cover B-fig. 22 cor-rectly.

DIRECTION INDICATORS

Front


❒ turn the protective cover C-fig. 22counterclockwise;

❒ remove the bulb B-fig. 26 and replaceit;

❒ refit the protective cover A correctly.

fig. 24 F0L0403m fig. 26 F0L0405mfig. 25 F0L0404m


175

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

CAR

MAI

NTEN

ANCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATI

ONS

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T US

EOF

THE

CAR

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

Side fig. 19


❒ lever in the point shown by the arrowto compress the catch and remove theunit A;

❒ turn the bulb holder B counterclock-wise, remove the snap-fitted bulb andreplace it;

❒ refit the bulb holder B in the trans-parent cover, then position the unitmaking sure the catch clicks into place.

FRONT FOG LIGHTS fig. 28(where provided)

Contact Fiat Dealership to have front foglights replaced.

REAR LIGHT UNITS

Tailgate light unit


❒ open the tailgate;

❒ push down cover A-fig. 29 and re-move electric connectorB-fig. 30;

fig. 29 F0L0083mfig. 27 F0L0520m fig. 28 F0L0534m


Side fixed light unit



❒ loosen the two screws F-fig. 32 andremove the light unit;

❒ remove the electrical connector;

176

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

CAR

TECH

NICA

LIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT

USE

OF T

HE C

ARIN

AN

EMER

GENC

Y

❒ push the bulb holder side tabs C-fig.31 inwards to remove it;

❒ remove bulbs slightly pushing themand turning counterclockwise.

The bulbs are arranged inside the light unitas follows (fig. 31):

D reversing lights;

E rear fog lights.



177

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

CAR

MAI

NTEN

ANCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATI

ONS

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T US

EOF

THE

CAR

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

❒ press the bulb holder tab G-fig. 33 toremove it;

❒ remove bulbs slightly pushing themand turning counterclockwise.

The bulbs are arranged inside the light unitas follows (fig. 33):

H taillights / brake lights;

I direction indicators.

ADDITIONAL BRAKING LIGHT(THIRD STOP)



❒ remove the snap-fitted cover;

❒ press catches B-fig. 34 and removethe bulb holder;

fig. 33 F0L0081m

❒ remove the snap-fitted bulbs andchange them;

❒ refit the bulb holder making surecatches B-fig. 34 click into place.

fig. 34 F0L0190m


178

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

CAR

TECH

NICA

LIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT

USE

OF T

HE C

ARIN

AN

EMER

GENC

Y

NUMBER PLATE LIGHT fig. 36


❒ work in the point shown by the arrowand remove lens A;

❒ change the bulb B releasing it from theside contacts and making sure the newbulb is correctly fastened between thecontacts;

❒ refit the lens.

IF AN INTERIOR LIGHTBURNS OUT

For the type of bulb and power rating, see“When needing to change a bulb”.

fig. 36 F0L0079m fig. 37 F0L0086m

FRONT CEILING LIGHT fig. 37-38


❒ work in the points shown by the ar-rows and remove cover A;

❒ turn the 2 bulb holders B counter-clockwise, remove and replace bulbs;


179

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

CAR

MAI

NTEN

ANCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATI

ONS

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T US

EOF

THE

CAR

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

COURTESY MIRROR LIGHT fig. 39


❒ open the mirror cover A;

❒ remove the bulb B levering in thepoints shown by the arrows;

❒ replace the bulb releasing it from theside contacts making sure that the newbulb is correctly clamped between thecontacts.

GLOVEBOX LIGHT fig. 40


❒ open the glovebox, remove the lightunit A levering in the point shown bythe arrow;

❒ replace the bulb releasing it from theside contacts making sure that the newbulb is correctly clamped between thecontacts.

❒ to replace the bulb C, release it fromthe side contacts making sure that thenew bulb is correctly clamped be-tween the contacts.



180

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

CAR

TECH

NICA

LIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT

USE

OF T

HE C

ARIN

AN

EMER

GENC

Y

❒ open the protection B-fig. 42 and re-place the snap-fitted bulb;

❒ re-close the protective cover B-fig. 42 on the transparent;

❒ refit the light unit A-fig. 41 insertingit in its correct position firstly on oneend and then on the other until itclicks into place.

PUDDLE / DOOR LIGHTS fig. 43


❒ open the door and remove the trans-parent cover A levering in the pointshown by the arrow;

❒ open the protection B and replace thesnap-fitted bulb;

❒ re-close the protective cover B on thetransparent cover A.

BOOT LIGHT



❒ remove the light unit A-fig. 41 lever-ing in the point shown by the arrow.



181

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

CAR

MAI

NTEN

ANCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATI

ONS

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T US

EOF

THE

CAR

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

SIDE REAR CEILING LIGHTS fig. 44


❒ remove the light unit A levering in thepoint shown by the arrow;

❒ replace the bulb B releasing it fromthe side contacts making sure that thenew bulb is correctly clamped be-tween the contacts.

fig. 45 F0L0092m

If a fuse switches off again,contact the Fiat Service Net-

work .

WARNING

fig. 44 F0L0091m

IF A FUSE BLOWS

GENERAL fig. 45

The fuse is a protective device for theelectric system: it comes into action (i.e.it cuts off) mainly due to a fault or im-proper action on the system.

When a device does not work, check theefficiency of its fuse: the conductor ele-ment A must be intact. If not, replace thefuse with one of the same amp rating(same colour).

B undamaged fuse

C fuse with damaged filament.

To replace a fuse, use the pliers D hookedto the fusebox on the dashboard.


FUSE LOCATION

The vehicle’s fuses are grouped in threecentral units that are located on the in-strument dashboard, in the engine com-partment and inside the boot (left side).

On the battery’s positive pole there is afourth control unit that contains large ca-pacity fuses (MEGA-FUSE, MIDI-FUSE,MAXI-FUSE).

To replace these fuses, con-tact the Fiat Service Net-

work.

WARNING

182

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

CAR

TECH

NICA

LIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT

USE

OF T

HE C

ARIN

AN

EMER

GENC

Y

Before replacing a fuse, makesure the ignition key has beenremoved and that all the oth-er services are switched off

and/or disengaged.

If a general fuse (MEGA-FUSE, MIDI-FUSE, MAXI-

FUSE) cuts in, do not attempt any re-pair and contact a Fiat Dealership.

WARNINGNever replace a fuse with met-al wires or anything else.

Never change a fuse withanother with a higher amp

rating, DANGER OF FIRE.

WARNING


fig. 47 F0L0093m

Fuse box on the dashboard fig. 46-47

To gain access to the fuses in the fuse boxon the dashboard, loosen the fasteningscrew A and remove the cover.

fig. 46 F0L0145m

183

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

CAR

MAI

NTEN

ANCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATI

ONS

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T US

EOF

THE

CAR

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY


184

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

CAR

TECH

NICA

LIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT

USE

OF T

HE C

ARIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YFuse box in engine compartmentfig. 48-49

To gain access to the fuses in the fuse boxnext to the battery, remove the protec-tion cover.

fig. 48

fig. 49

F0L0094m

F0L0095m


185

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

CAR

MAI

NTEN

ANCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATI

ONS

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T US

EOF

THE

CAR

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

Fuse box in the boot fig. 50-51

To gain access to the fuse box located onthe left side of boot open the relevantdoor (as shown in the figure).

fig. 50

fig. 51

F0L0217m

F0L0213m


186

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

CAR

TECH

NICA

LIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT

USE

OF T

HE C

ARIN

AN

EMER

GENC

Y

F 12

F 13

F 31

F 32

F 33

F 34

F 35

F 36

F 37

F 38

F 39

F 40

F 41

F 42

F 43

F 44

15

15

7.5

15

20

20

7.5

20

10

15

10

30

7.5

7.5

30

20

FUSE SUMMARY TABLE

Fuse box on dashboard

USERS FUSE AMPERE

RH low beam

LH low beam - Light stability corrector

+15 excluded during ignition for dashboard control unit relay coils / engine compartment and Body computer

+30 nodes front driver and passenger doors (door lock), TEG reader

Boot compartment node power supply (rear left power window)

Boot compartment node power supply (rear right power window)

+15 backing lights, supplementary heater control unit, flow gauge, water in diesel fuel sensor, NC switch on brake pedal

+30 boot compartment node (rear door locks)

+15 instrument panel, control unit on gas discharge headlamps, NA switch on brake pedal, supplementary stop light

Boot opening actuator

+30 EOBD diagnostic socket , central front ceiling light, rear side ceiling lights, siren and volumetric sensor control unit for the antitheft system, tyre pressure control unit, air conditioning control unit, Blue-tooth control unit

Heated rear window

Windscreen / rear window washer nozzle demisters

+15 ABS / ESP control unit, electrohydraulic driving node, yaw sensor , steering angle sensor

+15 excluded during ignition for electronic column switch module (windscreen wipers, windscreen / rear window washer pump)

+15 excluded during ignition for cigar lighter, current outlet on tunnel


187

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

CAR

MAI

NTEN

ANCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATI

ONS

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T US

EOF

THE

CAR

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

F 45F 46

F 47

F 48

F 49

F 50

F 51

F 52

F 53

2020

20

20

7.5

7.5

7.5

15

10

USERS FUSE AMPERE

Sun roof engine control unit power supply

Sun roof visor engine control unit power supply

Front driver door node power supply (front driver power window)

Front passenger door node power supply (front passenger power window)

+15 volumetric sensor control unit for antitheft device, emergency control display plaque lights / Blue-tooth and roof visor on roof panel / driver and passenger front seat console, driver side control dashboard lights / tunnel, DVD player presetting, electrochromic mirror, air conditioning

+15 airbag control unit

+15 Connect, Blue-tooth control unit, after market radio presetting, pneumatic pressure control unit, cruise control, rain / twilight sensor control unit, parking sensor control unit, AQS sensor

+15 excluded during ignition for electronic column switch module (rear window wiper), relay coil on boot compartment control unit

+30 instrument panel


188

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

CAR

TECH

NICA

LIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT

USE

OF T

HE C

ARIN

AN

EMER

GENC

Y

F 9

F 10

F 11

F 14

F 15

F 16

F 17

F 18

F 19

F 20

F 21

F 22

F 23

F 24

F 30

7.5

15

15

7.5

7.5

7.5

10

7.5

7.5

20

15

20

20

15

7.5

Fuse box in engine compartment

USERS FUSE AMPERE

Left fog light / cornering light

Buzzers

Engine control system power supply

RH high beam

LH high beam

+15 engine control unit


+30 engine control unit

Conditioner compressor

Headlamp washer pump

Fuel pump


+30 radio / Connect, supplementary heater control unit

+15 automatic transmission control unit, automatic transmission switch

Right fog light / cornering light


F 54

F 55

F 56

F 57

F 58

F 59

F 60

F 61

F 62

F 63

F 64

F 65

F 66

F 67

F 68

F 69

F 77

F 78

F 79

F 80

25

–

25

7.5

–

–

25

–

–

–

–

–

–

7.5

–

–

–

–

–

–

189

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

CAR

MAI

NTEN

ANCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATI

ONS

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T US

EOF

THE

CAR

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

Fuse box in the boot

USERS FUSE AMPERE

+30 Hi-Fi audio amplifier

Free

+30 front driver seat regulation control unit

+15 excluded during ignition for front driver seat heating

Free

Free

+30 front passenger seat regulation control unit

Free

Free

Free

Free

Free

Free

+15 excluded during ignition for front driver seat heating

Free

Free

Free

Free

Free

Free


190

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

CAR

TECH

NICA

LIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT

USE

OF T

HE C

ARIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YIF THE BATTERY IS FLAT

WARNING The battery charging proce-dure is described only for information pur-poses. This operation should be carriedout by Fiat Dealership.

Charging should be slow at a low amp rat-ing for 24 hours. Charging for a longertime may damage the battery.

Charge the battery as follows:

❒ disconnect battery negative terminal;

❒ connect the charger cables to the bat-tery terminals, observing the poles;

❒ turn on the charger;

❒ when you have finished, turn thecharger off before disconnecting thebattery;

❒ reconnect battery negative terminal.

IMPORTANT If the car is fitted with alarmsystem, turn it off with the remote con-trol (see “Alarm” in section “Dashboardand controls”).

The liquid in the battery ispoisonous and corrosive. Do

not let it touch the skin or eyes.Recharging the battery should bedone in a well ventilated area awayfrom naked flames or possible sourcesof sparks: explosion and fire risk.

WARNING

Do not attempt to charge afrozen battery: it must first-

ly be thawed, otherwise it may burst.If freezing has occurred, the batteryshould be checked by skilled person-nel to make sure that the internal el-ements are not damaged and that thebody is not cracked, with the risk ofleaking poisonous and corrosive acid.

WARNING

JACKING THE CAR

If the car is to be lifted, go to a Fiat Deal-ership which is equipped with the armhoist or workshop lift.

Jack up the car only by positioning the jackarms or the shop jack in the points shownin fig. 52.


191

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

CAR

MAI

NTEN

ANCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATI

ONS

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND

CONT

ROLS

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T US

EOF

THE

CAR

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

TOWING THE CAR

The tow ring provided with the car ishoused in the tool box under the bootmat.

TOW RING HOOKING fig. 53-54

Proceed as follows:

❒ release the cap A;

❒ take the tow hook B from its support;

❒ tighten the ring on the rear or frontthreaded pin.

Refer to the specific chapter for towingcars fitted with electronic automatic trans-mission.

fig. 53

A

F0L0362m

fig. 54

A

F0L0363m

fig. 52 F0L0525m


192

WAR

NING

LIGH

TS A

NDM

ESSA

GES

CAR

TECH

NICA

LIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

DSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT

USE

OF T

HE C

ARIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YWhen towing, rememberthat without the help of the

brake booster and power steering, agreater effort is required on the ped-al and steering wheel. Do not useflexible cables for towing and avoidjerks. During towing operationsmake sure that fastening the joint tothe car does not damage the com-ponents in contact with it. Whentowing the car, you must complywith the specific traffic regulationsregarding the tow ring and how totow on the road.

WARNING

Do not start the enginewhen towing the car.

WARNING

Before starting to tow, dis-engage the steering lock

(see paragraph “Ignition device” insection “Dashboard and controls”).When towing, remember that with-out the help of the brake boosterand power steering, a greater effortis required on the pedal and steeringwheel. Do not use flexible cables fortowing and avoid jerks. During tow-ing operations make sure that fas-tening the joint to the car does notdamage the components in contactwith it. When towing the car, youmust comply with the specific trafficregulations regarding the tow ringand how to tow on the road.

WARNING

Before fitting the hook,clean accurately its thread-

ed seat. Before starting to tow, makesure to have tighten the hook.

WARNING


193

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

E

SCHEDULED SERVICING ................................................. 194

SERVICE SCHEDULE ........................................................... 195

ROUTINE MAINTENANCE ............................................. 197

HEAVY-DUTY ...................................................................... 197

CHECKING FLUID LEVELS................................................ 198

AIR FILTER/POLLEN FILTER ............................................ 207

DIESEL FUEL FILTER ........................................................... 207

BATTERY ................................................................................ 208

WHEELS AND TYRES ......................................................... 210

RUBBER HOSES .................................................................... 211

WINDSCREEN/REAR WINDOW WIPERS ................... 212

BODYWORK ........................................................................ 213

INTERIORS ............................................................................ 215

CCCAARR MMAAIINNTTEENNAANNCCEE


194

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

EIMPORTANT The Programmed Mainte-nance coupons are specified by the Man-ufacturer- The failure to have them car-ried out may invalidate the warranty.

Scheduled Servicing is performed by all Fi-at Dealership, at pre-established times.

If during each operation, in addition to theones programmed, the need arises for fur-ther replacements or repairs, these maybe carried out only with the explicit agree-ment of the Customer.

IMPORTANT You are advised to contactFiat Dealership in the event of any minoroperating faults, without waiting for thenext service coupon.

If your car is used frequently for towing,the interval between one service couponand the other must be reduced.

SCHEDULED SERVICING

Correct maintenance is essential for en-suring long car life under the best condi-tions.

This is why Fiat has programmed a seriesof checks and maintenance operationsevery 30.000 km.

It is however important to remember thatscheduled servicing does not completelycover all the car’s requirements: also inthe initial period before 30.000 km servicecoupon and later, between one couponand another, ordinary care is still requiredsuch as for example routine check andtopping up the level of fluids, tyre pressurecheck, etc...


195

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

E

30 60 90 120 150 180

● ● ● ● ● ●

● ● ● ● ● ●

● ● ● ● ● ●

● ● ● ● ● ●

● ● ● ● ● ●

● ● ●

● ● ● ● ● ●

● ● ● ● ● ●

● ● ● ● ● ●

● ● ● ● ● ●

● ● ●

● ●

● ●

● ●

● ● ●

●

SERVICE SCHEDULE

Thousands of km

Check tyre conditions/wear and adjust pressure if required

Check light system operation(headlights, direction indicators, hazard lights, boot lights, passenger compartment lights, glovebox lights, warning lights, etc.)

Check windscreen wiper/washer operation,adjust nozzles if required

Check windscreen/rear window blade position/wear

Check front disk brake pad conditions and wearand wear indicator operation

Check rear disk brake pad conditions and wear

Sight inspect the conditions of: body external parts, underbody protection, pipes and hoses (exhaust - fuel - brakes), rubber parts (boots, sleeves, bushes, etc.)

Check cleanness of locks, bonnet and boot and lever cleanness and lubrication

Check and top up, if required, fluid levels (brakes/hydraulic clutch, power steering, windscreen/rear window washer, battery, engine coolant, etc.)

Check power steering system (2.2 petrol versions)

Check and adjust handbrake lever stroke, if required

Sight inspect accessory drive belt conditions (Multijet vers.)

Sight inspect accessory drive belt conditions (1.8 petrol versions)

Sight inspect timing belt (1.8 petrol versions)

Check and adjust tappet clearance (1.9 Multijet 8V vers.)

Check and adjust tappet clearance (1.8 petrol versions)


196

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

E30 60 90 120 150 180

● ● ● ● ● ●

● ● ● ● ● ●

● ●

● ● ● ● ● ●

● ● ● ● ● ●

●

●

●

●

●

● ● ●

● ● ●

● ● ●

● ● ● ● ● ●

● ● ● ● ● ●

(●) (●) (●) (●) (●) (●)

● ● ● ● ● ●

● ● ●

● ● ● ● ● ●

Thousands of km

Check exhaust emissions (petrol versions)

Check exhaust emissions/smoke (Multijet versions)

Check antievaporation system (petrol versions)

Check engine control system operation (through diagnostic socket)

Check and top up, if required, automatic transmission oil level

Replace accessory drive belt/s (Multijet versions / petrol exclude 1.8)

Replace accessory drive belt/s (1.8 petrol versions)

Replace timing belt (Multijet versions)O

Replace timing belt (1.8 petrol versions)O

Change spark plugs (petrol versions exclude 1.8)

Change spark plugs (1.8 petrol versions)

Replace diesel fuel filter (Multijet versions)

Change air cleaner cartridge (petrol versions)

Change air cleaner cartridge (Multijet versions)

Change engine oil and oil filter (petrol versions)

Change engine oil and oil filter (Multijet versions - DPF)*

Change engine oil and oil filter (Multijet versions without DPF)

Change brake fluid (or every 2 years)

Change pollen filter (or every year)

O regardless of the km covered, the timing belt shall be replaced every 4 years for particularly demanding use (cold climates, driving in the city, idling for a longtime) or in any case every 5 years.

(*) The engine oil and oil filter should be changed depending on their actual condition, which is indicated by a warning light/message on thecontrol panel or at least every 2 years.

If the car is used mainly on urban routes or if the yearly kilometres travelled are less than 10,000 km, the engine oil and filter must be changed every 12 months


197

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

E

❒ check cleanness of locks, bonnet andboot and lever cleanness and lubrica-tion;

❒ sight inspect the conditions of: engine,gearbox, transmission, pipes and hoses(exhaust - fuel - brakes), rubber parts(boots, sleeves, bushes, etc.);

❒ check battery charge and fluid level(electrolyte) (only to be carried out byskilled personnel or at Fiat Dealership– see also paragraph “Battery” in thissection);

❒ visual check on various drive belt con-ditions;

❒ check and replace pollen filter, if re-quired;

❒ check and replace air cleaner, if re-quired.

ROUTINEMAINTENANCE

Every 1,000 km or before long journeys,check and top up if required:

❒ engine coolant fluid level;

❒ brake fluid level;

❒ windscreen washer fluid level;

❒ tyre pressure and conditions;

❒ light system operation (headlights, di-rection indicators, hazard lights, etc.);

❒ windscreen wiper/washer operationand windscreen/rear window bladeposition/wear;

Every 3,000 km check and top up if re-quired: engine oil level.

You are recommended to use FLSelenia, products, designed and pro-duced specifically for Fiat cars (see table“Capacities” in section “Technical speci-fications”).

HEAVY-DUTY

Should prevailing use of the car be underone of the following specially heavy con-ditions:

❒ trailer or caravan towing;

❒ dusty roads;

❒ short distances (less than 7-8 km) re-peated and with external tempera-tures below zero;

❒ frequently idling engines or long dis-tance low speed driving (e.g. door-to-door deliveries) or in case of a longterm inactivity;

❒ driving in the city;

carry out the following checks more fre-quently than required in the ServiceSchedule:

❒ check front disk brake pad conditionsand wear;


198

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ECHECKING FLUIDLEVELS

1. Engine oil

2. Battery

3. Brake fluid

4. Windscreen/rear window washerfluid

5. Engine coolant

6. Power steering fluid

Never smoke while workingin the engine compartment;

gas and inflammable vapours may bepresent, with the risk of fire.

WARNING

When topping up take carenot to confuse the varioustypes of fluids: they are all in-compatible with one another

and could seriously damage the car.

fig. 1 - 1.8 versions F0L0522m


199

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

E

1. Engine oil

2. Battery

3. Brake fluid


5. Engine coolant

IMPORTANT Topping up or change ofthe power steering fluid of 2.2 petrol ver-sions shall be carried out at a Fiat Deal-ership.





WARNING





200

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

E1. Engine oil

2. Battery

3. Brake fluid


5. Engine coolant


fig. 3 - 1.9 Multijet 8V versions F0L0208m



WARNING


201

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

E






WARNING

1. Engine oil

2. Battery

3. Brake fluid

4. Windscreen/rear window washer fluid

5. Engine coolant



202

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

E1. Engine oil

2. Battery

3. Brake fluid


5. Engine coolant







WARNING


203

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

E

ENGINE OIL

Checking engine oil

Check the oil level a few minutes (about5) after the engine has stopped, with thecar parked on level ground.

Remove the dipstick A and clean it, putit back in completely, remove it and checkthat the level is within the MIN and MAXmarks on the dipstick. The gap betweenthe MIN and MAX marks correspondsto about one litre of oil.

Topping up engine oil

If the oil level is near or even below theMIN mark, add oil through the filler neckB, until reaching the MAX mark.

Oil level shall never exceed the MA mark.

IMPORTANT If a routine check revealsthat the oil level is above the MAX mark,contact Fiat Dealership to have the cor-rect level restored.

IMPORTANT After adding or changingthe oil, let the engine turn over for a fewseconds and wait a few minutes after turn-ing it off before you check the level.

When the engine is hot, takecare when working inside the

engine compartment to avoid burns.Remember that when the engine ishot, fan may cut in: danger of injury.Scarves, ties and other loose cloth-ing might be pulled by moving parts.

WARNING







204

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

E

ENGINE COOLANT FLUID fig. 11

The coolant level shall be checked withcold engine and shall not be lower thanthe MIN on the reservoir.

If the level is low, pour slowly a mixtureof 50% distilled water and 50%PARAFLU UP by FL Selenia throughthe filler neck A.

A 50-50 mixture of PARAFLU UP anddistilled water gives freeze protection to–35°C.

For particularly hard climate conditions, werecommend use of a 60% PARAFLU UPand 40% demineralized water mixture.

Used engine oil and filter con-tain harmful substances forthe environment. Contact Fi-at Dealership to have the oil

and filter changed.

Engine oil consumption

Max engine oil consumption is usually 400grams every 1000 km.

When the car is new, the engine needsto run in, therefore the engine oil con-sumption can only be considered stabilisedafter the first 5000 - 6000 km.

IMPORTANT The oil consumption de-pends on driving style and the conditionsunder which the car is used.

IMPORTANT Do not add oil with speci-fications other than that already in the en-gine.

fig. 11 F0L0194m

The cooling system usesPARAFLU UP antifreeze. Donot add fluid having differentspecifications from that al-

ready existing. PARAFLU UP cannot bemixed with other types of fluids. Shouldother fluids be added, do not start theengine and contact Fiat Dealership assoon as possible.

Do not remove the reservoircap when the engine is hot:

you risk scalding yourself.

WARNING

The cooling system is pres-surised. If necessary, replace

the cap only with another genuineone, otherwise system efficiency couldbe compromised.

WARNING


205

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

E

POWER STEERING FLUID fig. 14

1.8 petrol and Multijet versions

Check that the fluid level in the reservoiris at maximum level.

This operation shall be carried out withthe car on level surface, engine not run-ning and cold.

Check that the fluid level is at the MAXmark on the dipstick integral with reser-voir cap A-fig. 14.

If the fluid level in the reservoir is belowthe specified level, contact Fiat Dealership.

WINDSCREEN/REARWINDOW/HEADLIGHTWASHER FLUID

To top up, remove the cap A-fig. 12 andthen pour a mixture of water andTUTELA PROFESSIONAL SC 35, inthe following concentrations:

❒ 30% TUTELA PROFESSIONALSC 35 and 70% water in summer;

❒ 50% TUTELA PROFESSIONALSC 35 and 50% water in winter.

In case of temperatures below –20°C, useundiluted TUTELA PROFESSIONALSC 35.

Check level through the reservoir.

Proper dipstick shows the fluid level fig.13 in the windscreen washer reservoir.

fig. 12 F0L0192m fig. 13 F0L0193m

Do not travel with the wind-screen washer reservoir

empty. The windscreen washer is fun-damental for improving visibility.

WARNING

Certain commercial addi-tives for windscreen washers

are inflammable. The engine com-partment contains hot componentswhich may set it on fire.

WARNING

fig. 14 - Multijet -1.8 petrol versions

F0L0212m


206

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

E

BRAKE FLUID fig. 15

Unscrew cap A: check that the fluid levelin the reservoir is at maximum.

Fluid level in the reservoir shall not exceedthe MAX mark.

If fluid has to be added, it is suggested touse the brake fluid in table "Fluids and lu-bricants" (see chapter "Technical charac-teristics").

NOTE Clean accurately the tank cap Aand the surrounding surface.

2.2 versions

Contact Fiat Dealership for topping up orchanging the power steering fluid.

Do not allow the powersteering fluid to touch the

hot parts of the engine: it is inflam-mable.

WARNING

fig. 15 F0L0196m

Make sure that the highly cor-rosive brake fluid does not driponto the paintwork; if it does,wash it off immediately with

water.

At plug opening, pay maximum attentionin order to prevent any impurities fromentering the tank.

For topping up, always use a funnel withintegrated filter with mesh equal to orlower than 0.12 mm.

IMPORTANT Brake fluid absorbs mois-ture, for this reason, if the vehicle is main-ly used in areas with a high degree of at-mospheric humidity, the fluid should bereplaced at more frequent intervals thanspecified in the “Service schedule”.


207

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

E

DIESEL FUEL FILTER

DRAINING THE CONDENSE(Multijet versions)

AIR FILTER/POLLENFILTER

Air cleaner or pollen filter replacementshall be carried out at a Fiat Dealership.

Brake fluid is poisonous andhighly corrosive. In the event

of accidental contact, wash the partsinvolved immediately with neutralsoap and water, then rinse thor-oughly. Call the doctor immediatelyif the fluid is swallowed.

WARNING

0Symbol π on the containerindicates synthetic brake flu-

id, distinguishing it from the mineralkind. Using mineral fluids irreversiblydamages the special braking systemrubber seals.

WARNING

The presence of water in thefuel circuit can severely dam-age the injection system andmake the engine misfire. If the

warning light c turns on, contact a Fi-at Dealership as soon as possible tohave the bleeding operation carriedout. Should the warning light turn onafter refuelling, water has probablybeen poured into the tank: turn the en-gine off immediately and contact a Fi-at Dealership.


CHANGING THE BATTERY

If required, replace the battery with a gen-uine spare part having the same specifi-cations.

If a battery with different specifications isfitted, the service intervals given in the“Service schedule” in this section will nolonger be valid.

Refer to the instructions provided by thebattery manufacturer.

208

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

E

fig. 16 F0L0191m

BATTERY

The battery is of the “Limited mainte-nance” type: under normal conditions ofuse the electrolyte does not need toppingup with distilled water.

CHECKING THE CHARGE fig. 16

The battery charge may be checked sat-isfactorily through the inspection slot us-ing the indicator A (where provided) andacting according to the colour the indica-tor shows.

If the battery does not fit a charge andelectrolyte level gauge, the correspondingoperations must be performed by spe-cialised personnel only.

Refer to the table below or to the labelB on the battery.

The liquid in the battery ispoisonous and corrosive.

Avoid contact with eyes and skin. Donot bring naked flames or possiblesources of sparks near to the battery:risk of fire and explosion.

WARNING

Running the battery withlow fluid level can damage

the battery beyond repair and couldalso cause its explosion.

WARNING

Bright white colour Top up electrolyte Contact Fiat Dealership

Dark colour without Low charge level Charge the batterygreen area in the centre (advisable to contact

Fiat Dealership)

Dark colour with Electrolyte level and charge No actiongreen area in the centre sufficient

IMPORTANT Check the battery chargeonce a year, preferably before the begin-ning to winter, to prevent freezing of theelectrolyte. Perform this inspection morefrequently if the car is mainly used forshort distances or if electrical devices run-ning with the key off are installed, partic-ularly after-market.


209

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

E

USEFUL ADVICE FORLENGTHENING THE LIFE OFYOUR BATTERY

To avoid draining your battery and length-en its life, observe the following indica-tions:

❒ when you park the car, ensure thedoors, tailgate and bonnet are closedproperly;

❒ the ceiling lights must be off. The caris however provided with an auto-matic system for switching off internallights;

❒ do not keep accessories (e.g.: soundsystem, hazard lights, etc.) switched onfor a long time when the engine is notrunning;

❒ before performing any operation onthe electrical system, disconnect thebattery negative cable;

❒ battery terminals shall always be per-fectly tightened.

Incorrect fitting of electricaland electronic accessories canseriously damage the car. If af-ter buying the car, you want

to install electric accessories which re-quire permanent electric supply(alarm, free-hand phone kit, etc.) con-tact Fiat Dealership whose qualifiedpersonnel, in addition to suggesting themost suitable devices, will evaluate theoverall electric absorption, checkingwhether the car electric system is ca-pable of withstanding the load re-quired, or whether it should be inte-grated with a more powerful battery.

Batteries contain substancesthat are very harmful for theenvironment. You are advisedto have the battery changed

at a Fiat Dealership, which is properlyequipped for disposing of used batter-ies respecting nature and the law.

If the car is left inactive forlong periods at cold, remove

the battery and store it in a warmplace to prevent freezing.

WARNING

When working on the bat-tery or near it, always wear

the proper goggles.

WARNING IMPORTANT A battery which is kept ata charge of less than 50% (optical indica-tor with dark colour without green areain the middle) for any length of time willbe damaged by sulphation leading to a re-duction in cranking power.

Moreover, this might lead to a higher riskof the battery electrolyte freezing (thismay even occur at -10°C). If the car is in-active for a long period of time, refer to“Car inactivity”, in section “Correct useof the car”.

If after buying the car, you want to installelectric accessories which require per-manent electric supply (alarm, etc.) con-tact Fiat Dealership whose qualified per-sonnel, in addition to suggesting the mostsuitable devices, will evaluate the overallelectric absorption, checking whether thecar’s electric system is capable of with-standing the load required, or whether itshould be integrated with a more power-ful battery.


210

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

EIn fact, since these devices continue ab-sorbing energy even when the ignition keyis off, they gradually run down the battery.

The total intake of these systems (facto-ry and after-market) must be less than 0,6mA x Ah (of the battery) as shown in thefollowing table:

IMPORTANT NOTES

❒ As far as possible, avoid sharp brak-ing and screech starts, etc. Be carefulnot to hit the kerb, potholes or oth-er obstacles hard. Driving for longstretches over bumpy roads can dam-age the tyres;

❒ Periodically check that the tyres haveno cuts in the side wall, abnormalswelling or irregular tyre wear. If anyof these occur, have the car seen to ata Fiat Dealership;

❒ Avoid overloading the car when trav-elling: this may cause serious damageto the wheels and tyres;

Battery Maximumadmitted

stand-by intake

70 Ah 42 mA

90 Ah (*) 54 mA

(*) Versions fitted with alarm.

WHEELS AND TYRES

Check the pressure of each tyre, includ-ing the spare, every two weeks and beforelong journeys. The pressure should bechecked with the tyre rested and cold.

For the correct tyre inflation pressure, see“Wheels” in “Technical specifications”section.

Incorrect pressure causes abnormal tyrewear:

A normal pressure: tread evenly worn.

B low pressure: tread particularly wornat the edges.

C high pressure: tread particularly wornin the centre.

Tyres must be replaced when the treadwears down to 1.6 mm. In any case, com-ply with the laws in the country where thecar is being driven.

fig. 17 F0L0159m


211

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

E

❒ If a tyre is punctured, stop immediate-ly and change it to avoid damage to thetyre, the rim, suspensions and steeringsystem;

❒ Tyres age even if they are not usedmuch. Cracks in the tread rubber area sign of ageing. In any case, if the tyreshave been on the car for over 6 years,they should be checked by specialisedpersonnel, to see if they can still beused. Also remember to check thespace-saver spare wheel;

❒ In the case of replacement, always fitnew tyres, avoiding those of dubiousorigin;

❒ If a tyre is changed, also change the in-flation valve;

❒ To allow even wear between the frontand rear tyres, it is advisable to changethem over every 10-15 thousand kilo-metres, keeping them on the sameside of the car so as to not reverse thedirection of rotation.

Remember that road holdingdepends also on the correct

tyre inflating pressure.

WARNING

Do not cross switch thetyres, moving them from the

right of the car to the left and viceversa.

WARNING

If the pressure is too low thetyre overheats and this can

cause it serious damage.

WARNING

Never submit alloy rims torepainting treatments re-

quiring to use temperatures exceed-ing 150°C since the mechanical prop-erties of the wheels could be im-paired.

WARNING

RUBBER HOSES

As far as the brake system and fuel rubberhoses are concerned, carefully follow the“Service schedule” in this section.

Indeed ozone, high temperatures and pro-longed lack of fluid in the system maycause hardening and cracking of the hoses,with possible leaks. Careful control istherefore necessary.


212

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

E

Changing the windscreen wiperblades fig. 18

Proceed as follows:

❒ raise the windscreen wiper arm A andposition the blade so that it forms anangle of 90° with the arm;

❒ remove the snap fitted blade A fromarm B;

❒ fit the new blade and check it is prop-erly locked into place.

Changing the rear window bladefig. 19

Proceed as follows:

❒ raise the cover A and remove the armfrom the car, slackening the nut B thatfastens it to the pivot pin;

❒ fit the new arm, positioning it cor-rectly, and fully tighten the nut;

❒ lower the cover.

WINDSCREEN/REAR WINDOWWIPERS

BLADES

Periodically clean the rubber part usingspecial products; TUTELA PROFES-SIONAL SC 35 is recommended.

If the rubber blades are bent or worn theyshould be replaced. In any case they shouldbe changed once a year.

A few simple notions can reduce the pos-sibility of damage to the blades:

❒ if the temperature fall below zero,make sure that ice has not frozen therubber against glass. If necessary, thawusing an antifreeze product;

❒ remove any snow from the glass: in ad-dition to protecting the blades, thisprevents effort on the motor andoverheating;

❒ do not operate the windscreen andrear window wipers on dry glass.

fig. 18 F0L0203m

Driving with worn wiperblades is a serious hazard,

because visibility is reduced in badweather.

WARNING

fig. 19 F0L0150m


213

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

E

Rear window wiper fig. 21

Rear window washer jets can be adjust-ed in the same way.

The nozzle holder is on the rear window.

HEADLIGHT WASHERS

Regularly check that the spray jets are in-tact and clean.

The headlight washers are automaticallyswitched on when the windscreen wash-er is operated and the headlights are on.

BODYWORK

PROTECTION FROMATMOSPHERIC AGENTS

The main causes of corrosion are the fol-lowing:

❒ atmospheric pollution;

❒ salty air and humidity (coastal areas,or hot humid climates);

❒ seasonal environment conditions.

Not to be underestimated is also the abra-sive action of wind-borne atmosphericdust and sand and mud and gravel raisedby other cars.

On your Fiat Croma, Fiat implementedthe best manufacturing technologies to ef-fectively protect the bodywork againstcorrosion.

These include:

❒ Painting products and systems whichgive the car particular resistance tocorrosion and abrasion;

❒ Use of galvanised (or pretreated) steelsheets, with high resistance to corro-sion;

SPRAY NOZZLES

Windscreen wiper fig. 20

If the jet of fluid is inadequate, firstly checkthat there is fluid in the reservoir: see“Checking fluid levels” in this section).

Then check that the nozzle holes are notclogged, if necessary use a needle.

Fluid jets shall be directed at about 1/3height from the window upper edge.

fig. 20 F0L0152m fig. 21 F0L0151m


214

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

EADVICE FOR PRESERVING THE BODYWORK

Paint

Paintwork does not only serve an aesteth-ic purpose, but also protects the under-lying sheet metal.

In the case of deep scrapes or scores, youare advised to have the necessary touch-ing up carried out immediately to avoidthe formation of rust. Use only originalpaint products for touching up (see “Body-work paint identification plate” in section“Technical specification”). Normal paintmaintenance consists in washing at inter-vals depending on the conditions and en-vironment of use. For example, in highlypolluted areas, or if the roads are sprayedwith salt, it is wise to wash the car morefrequently.

For a correct wash of the vehicle proceedas follows:

❒ soak the body with a low pressure wa-ter jet;

❒ pass on the body a sponge with a li-ght cleansing solution, frequently rin-sing the sponge;

❒ rinse accurately with water and drywith air jet or suede.

If the vehicle is washed in an automatic carwash, follow these recommendations:

– remove the antenna from the roof toavoid damages;

– water with a cleansing solution must beused for washing;

– rinse accurately to avoid cleansing so-lution residues which may remain on thebody or hidden parts.

❒ Spraying the underbody, engine com-partment, wheelhouse internal partsand other parts with highly protectivewax products;

❒ Spraying of plastic parts, with a pro-tective function, in the more exposedpoints: underdoor, inner fender parts,edges, etc.;

❒ Use of “open” boxed sections to pre-vent condensation and pockets ofmoisture from triggering rust inside.

BODY AND UNDERBODY WARRANTY

Your car is covered by warranty againstperforation due to rust of any original el-ement of the structure or body. For thegeneral terms of this warranty, refer tothe Fiat Warranty booklet.

When drying, take particular care with theless visible parts like door surrounds, bon-net and around the headlights where wa-ter may stagnate. The car should not betaken to a closed area immediately, but leftin the open so that residual water can eva-porate. Do not wash the car after it hasbeen left in the sun or with the bonnethot: this may alter the shine of thepaintwork.

Some automatic systems pro-vided with old generationand/or not correctly maintai-ned brushes may damage the

varnish, easing the creation of micro-scratches, especially on dark colours.To remove those scratches, slightly po-lish with a specific product.


215

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

E

Windows

Use specific window cleaner products.Use also clean cloths to avoid scratchingthe glass or damaging the transparency.

IMPORTANT The inside of therearscreen should be wiped gently with acloth in the direction of the filaments toavoid damaging the heating device.

Engine compartment

At the end of the winter the engine com-partment should be carefully washed,without directing the jet against electron-ic control units. Contact a specialisedworkshop to have this done.

IMPORTANT The car should be washedwith the engine cold and the ignition keyat OFF. After washing make sure that thevarious protections (e.g. rubber caps andvarious covers) have not been damaged orremoved.

INTERIORS

Periodically check that water is nottrapped under the mats (due to waterdripping off shoes, umbrellas, etc.) whichcould cause oxidisation of the sheet met-al.

CLEANING SEATS AND FABRICAND VELVET PARTS

Use a soft brush or vacuum cleaner to re-move dust. Velvet is cleaned better if thebrush is moistened.

Rub the seats with a sponge moistenedwith a solution of water and neutral de-tergent.

CLEANING LEATHER SEATS

Remove dried on dirt with lightly moist-ened chamois leather or cloth withoutpressing too hard.

Remove liquid or grease stains with a dryabsorbent cloth without rubbing. Thenwipe with a soft cloth or chamois leatherwith water and neutral soap.

Exterior plastic parts must be cleaned inthe same way as the rest of the car.

Where possible, do not park under trees;the resinous substance many species re-lease give the paint a dull appearance andincrease the possibility of triggering rustprocesses.

IMPORTANT Bird droppings must bewashed off immediately and thoroughly asthe acid they contain is particularly ag-gressive.

Detergents cause water pollu-tion. Therefore the car shouldbe washed in areas equippedfor collecting and purifying the

liquid used in the washing process.


216

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIN

DEX

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ESTEERING WHEEL/GEAR LEVERKNOB WITH GENUINELEATHER COVERING

These components shall only be cleanedwith water and neutral soap. Never usespirit or alcohol-based products.

Before using special products for clean-ing interiors, read carefully label instruc-tions and indications to make sure theyare free from spirit and/or alcohol-basedsubstances.

If when cleaning the windscreen with spe-cial glass products, some drops fall on theleather covering of the steering wheel/gearlever knob remove them immediately andthen clean with water and neutral soap.

IMPORTANT Take the utmost care whenengaging the steering lock to preventscratching the leather covering.

INTERIOR PLASTIC PARTS

Use appropriate products designed topreserve the appearance of components.

IMPORTANT Never use spirit or petro-leum to clean the instrument panel.

If the stain persists, use specific products,carefully following the instructions for use.

IMPORTANT Never use spirit or alcohol-based products.

Never use flammable prod-ucts like oil ether or rectified

petrol for cleaning car interiors. Elec-trostatic discharges generated by rub-bing during cleaning operations couldcause fire.

WARNING

Do not keep aerosol cans inthe car: they might explode.

Aerosol cans must never be exposedto a temperature above 50°C. Thetemperature inside the car exposedto the sun may go well beyond thatfigure.

WARNING


217

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND C

ONTR

OLS

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NS

IDENTIFICATION DATA ................................................. 218

ENGINE CODES - BODYWORK VERSIONS............... 220

ENGINE .................................................................................. 221

FUEL FEED/IGNITION ....................................................... 223

TRANSMISSION .................................................................. 223

BRAKES ................................................................................... 224

SUSPENSIONS....................................................................... 224

STEERING............................................................................... 224

WHEELS .................................................................................. 225

DIMENSIONS......................................................................... 230

PERFORMANCE ................................................................... 231

WEIGHTS ............................................................................... 232

CAPACITIES........................................................................... 234

FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS.............................................. 236

FUEL CONSUMPTION ....................................................... 238

CO2 EMISSIONS .................................................................. 240

RADIO FREQUENCY REMOTE CONTROL: MINISTERIAL CERTIFICATIONS .................................... 241

TTTEECCHHNNIICCAALL SSPPEECCIIFFIICCAATTIIOONNSS


I Engine type.

L Body version code.

M Spare part code.

N Smoke opacity index (for diesel en-gines).

IDENTIFICATION DATA

You are advised to note the identificationcodes. The identification data stamped andgiven on the plates and their position arethe following:

❒ Model plate

❒ Chassis marking

❒ Bodywork paint identification plate

❒ Engine marking.

218

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND C

ONTR

OLS

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSMODEL PLATE fig. 1

The plate is to be found on the front cross-member of the engine compartment andbears the following identification data:

B Homologation number.

C Vehicle type code.

D Chassis number.

E Maximum vehicle weight fully loaded.

F Maximum vehicle weight fully loadedwith trailer.

G Maximum vehicle weight on front axle.

H Maximum vehicle weight on rear axle.

fig. 1 F0L0415m


CHASSIS MARKING fig. 2

It is printed on the passenger compart-ment floor, near the right-hand front seat.

It can be reached by lifting the special flapin the carpeting and includes the followingdata:

❒ car model;

❒ chassis number.

ENGINE MARKING

Engine marking is stamped on the cylinderblock and includes the model and thechassis number.

BODYWORK PAINTIDENTIFICATION PLATE fig. 3

The plate is applied inside the bonnet andit bears the following data:

A Paint manufacturer.

B Colour name.

C Fiat colour code.

D Respray and touch up code.

219

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND C

ONTR

OLS

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NS

fig. 2 F0L0204m fig. 3 F0L0161m


220

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND C

ONTR

OLS

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSENGINE CODES - BODYWORK VERSIONS

Engine code Body version

1.8 939A4000 194AXG1A08C

2.2 194A1000 194AXA1A00C

2.2 a.t. 194A1000 194AXA1201C

1.9 Multijet 8V (with DPF) 939A1000 194AXB1B02C

1.9 Multijet 8V (without DPF) 939A1000 194AXB1B02D

1.9 Multijet 8V (with DPF) (*) 939A1000 194BXB1BCX

1.9 Multijet 8V (without DPF) (*) 939A1000 194BXB1BDX

1.9 Multijet 8V 115 HP (*) 939A7000 194AXE1B06B

1.9 Multijet 16V (with DPF) 939A2000 194AXC1B03E

1.9 Multijet 16V (without DPF) 939A2000 194AXC1B03F

1.9 Multijet 16V a.t. (with DPF) 939A2000 194AXC1204B

1.9 Multijet 16V (with DPF) (*)939A2000 194BXC1BCX939A2000 194BXC12BX

1.9 Multijet 16V (without DPF) (*) 939A2000 194BXC1BDX

1.9 Multijet 16V 135 HP (*) 939A8000 194AXF1B07C

1.9 Multijet 16V a.t. 135 HP (*) 939A8000 194AXF1209B

2.4 Multijet 20V a.t. (with DPF) 939A3000 194AXD1205B

(*) Versions for specific markets


221

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND C

ONTR

OLS

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NS

ENGINE

1.8 2.2 2.2 a.t.

GENERAL FEATURES

Engine code

Cycle

Number and layout of cylinders

Piston bore and stroke mm

Total displacement cm3

Compression ratio

Maximum power (EEC) kWHP

corresponding ratio rpm

Maximum torque (EEC) Nmkgm


Spark plugs

Fuel

939A4000

Otto

4 in line

80.5 x 88.2

1796

10.5 : 1

1031406300

17517.83800

BOSCH FQR 8 LEU2

Unleadedpetrol 95 RON

(Specification EN228)

194A1000

Otto

4 in line

86 x 94.6

2198

10.0 : 1

1081475800

20320.74000

AC DELCO HLR8STEX



194A1000

Otto

4 in line

86 x 94.6

2198

10.0 : 1

1081475800

20320.74000

AC DELCO HLR8STEX




222

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND C

ONTR

OLS

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSGENERAL FEATURES

Engine code

Cycle

Number and layout of cylinders

Piston bore and stroke mm

Total displacement cm3

Compression ratio

Maximum power (EEC) kWHP


Maximum torque (EEC) Nmkgm


Fuel


1.9 Multijet 8V

939A1000

Diesel

4 in line

82 x 90.4

1910

18.0 : 1

88 (85*)120 (115*)

4000

28028.62000

Diesel fuel formotor vehicles


1.9 Multijet 16V

939A2000

Diesel

4 in line

82 x 90.4

1910

17.5 : 1

110 (100*)150 (135*)

4000

32032.62000



1.9 Multijet 16V a.t.

939A2000

Diesel

4 in line

82 x 90.4

1910

17.5 : 1

110 (100*)150 (135*)

4000

32032.62000




939A3000

Diesel

5 in line

82 x 90.4

2387

17.0 : 1

1472004000

40040.82000




223

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND C

ONTR

OLS

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NS

Multipoint electronic injection Direct injection with electronically controlledMultijet “Common Rail”,

turbosupercharger and intercooler

Modifications or repairs to the fuel system that are not carried out properly or do not take the system’s tech-nical specifications into account can cause malfunctions leading to the risk of fire.

WARNING

TRANSMISSION

1.8 - 2.2 2.2 a.t. 1.9 Multijet 1.9 Multijet 16V a.t.2.4 Multijet 20V a.t.

Gearbox

Drive

5 forward gears + Reverse

front

automatic 5 forwardgears +

Reverse and tip

front

6 forward gears + Reverse

front

automatic6 forward gears

+ Reverse and tip

front

FUEL FEED/IGNITION

1.8 - 2.2 Multijet

Fuel feed


224

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND C

ONTR

OLS

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NS

Disc, self-ventilating


Controlled by hand lever, it works on rear brakes

BRAKES

1.8 - 2.2 - 1.9 Multijet 8V 2.4 Multijet 20V a.t.1.9 Multijet 16V

Service brakes:– front

– rear

Parking brake

IMPORTANT Water, ice and antifreeze salt on roads may deposit on the brake discs thus reducing braking efficiency at first brak-ing.

SUSPENSIONS

1.8 - 2.2 - Multijet

Front

Rear

McPherson independent wheels

Multilink independent wheels


Disc

Controlled by hand lever, it works on rear brakes

STEERING

1.8 - 2.2 - Multijet 2.4 Multijet 20V a.t.

Type

Minimum steeringcycle m

Electro-hydraulic power steering

11,45

Electro-hydraulic power steering

11,80


SPACE-SAVER SPARE WHEEL

Pressed steel rim. Tubeless tyre.

WHEEL GEOMETRYIn order to guarantee the correct regula-tion and stability of the vehicle, please con-tact the Fiat Assistance Network.

UNDERSTANDING TYREMARKING fig. 4

Example: 205/55 R 16 91 V

205 = Nominal width (S, distance be-tween sidewalls in mm).

55 = Percentage height/width ratio (H/S).

R = Radial tyre.

16 = Rim diameter in inches (Ø).

91 = Load rating (capacity).

V = Maximum speed rating.

WHEELS

RIMS AND TYRES

Pressed steel or alloy rims. Tubeless tyreswith radial carcass. The homologated tyresare listed in the Log book.

IMPORTANT In the event of discrepan-cies between the information provided onthis “Owner handbook” and the “Logbook”, consider the specifications shownin the log book only.

Attaining to the prescribed size, to ensuresafety of the car in movement, it must befitted with tyres of the same make andtype on all wheels.

IMPORTANT Do not use inner tubeswith Tubeless tyres.

225

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND C

ONTR

OLS

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NS

fig. 4 F0L0162m


Maximum speed rating

Q = up to 160 km/h.

R = up to 170 km/h.

S = up to 180 km/h.

T = up to 190 km/h.

U = up to 200 km/h.

H = up to 210 km/h.

V = up to 240 km/h.

W = up to 270 km/h.

Y = up to 300 km/h.

Maximum speed ratingfor snow tyres

QM + S = up to 160 km/h.

TM + S = up to 190 km/h.

HM + S = up to 210 km/h.

UNDERSTANDING RIM MARKING

Example: 6 1/2 J x 16 H2 ET41

6 1/2 = rim width in inches (1).

J = rim drop center outline (sideprojection where the tyre beadrests) (2).

16 = rim nominal diameter in inches(corresponds to diameter of thetyre to be mounted) (3 = Ø).

H2 = “hump” shape and number (re-lief on the circumference hold-ing the Tubeless tyre bead onthe rim).

ET 41 = wheel camber angle (distancebetween the disc/rim supportingplane and the wheel rim centreline).

Load rating (capacity)

60 = 250 kg 84 = 500 kg61 = 257 kg 85 = 515 kg62 = 265 kg 86 = 530 kg63 = 272 kg 87 = 545 kg64 = 280 kg 88 = 560 kg65 = 290 kg 89 = 580 kg66 = 300 kg 90 = 600 kg67 = 307 kg 91 = 615 kg68 = 315 kg 92 = 630 kg69 = 325 kg 93 = 650 kg70 = 335 kg 94 = 670 kg71 = 345 kg 95 = 690 kg72 = 355 kg 96 = 710 kg73 = 365 kg 97 = 730 kg74 = 375 kg 98 = 750 kg75 = 387 kg 99 = 775 kg76 = 400 kg 100 = 800 kg77 = 412 kg 101 = 825 kg78 = 425 kg 102 = 850 kg79 = 437 kg 103 = 875 kg80 = 450 kg 104 = 900 kg81 = 462 kg 105 = 925 kg82 = 475 kg 106 = 950 kg83 = 487 kg

226

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND C

ONTR

OLS

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NS


227

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND C

ONTR

OLS

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NS

VERSIONS RIMS (*) TYRES Space-saver spare wheelStandard tyres Snow tyres Rim Tyre

1.8 6.5J x 16” - ET 36/41 205/55 R16 91V 205/55 R16 91 H (M+S)6.5J x 16” - ET 36/41 215/55 R16 93W 215/55 R16 93 H (M+S) 4J 16 - 41 115/70 R16 92M7J x 17” - ET 36/41 215/50 R17 91W 215/50 R17 91 H (M+S)

2.2-2.2 a.t. 6.5J x 16” - ET 36/41 205/55 R16 91V 205/55 R16 91 H (M+S)6.5J x 16” - ET 36/41 215/55 R16 93W 215/55 R16 93 H (M+S)7J x 17” - ET 36/41 215/50 R17 91W 215/50 R17 91 H (M+S) 4J 16 - 41 115/70 R16 92M

7.5J x 18” - ET 36/41 225/45 R18 95W (Ô) 225/45 R18 95 H (M+S)

1.9 Multijet 8V 6.5J x 16” - ET 36/41 205/55 R16 91V 205/55 R16 91 H (M+S)1.9 Multijet 16V 6.5J x 16” - ET 36/41 215/55 R16 93W 215/55 R16 93 H (M+S)1.9 Multijet 16V a.t. 7J x 17” - ET 36/41 215/50 R17 91W 215/50 R17 91 H (M+S) 4J 16 - 41 115/70 R16 92M

7.5J x 18” - ET 36/41 225/45 R18 95W (Ô) 225/45 R18 95 H (M+S)

2.4 Multijet 20V a.t. 7J x 17” - ET 36/41 215/50 R17 95W 215/50 R17 91 H (M+S) 4J 16 - 41 115/70 R16 92M7.5J x 18” - ET 36/41 225/45 R18 95W (Ô) 225/45 R18 95 H (M+S)

(Ô) Tyres that cannot be fitted with snow chains

(*) ET 41 value referred to the rims available on the accessory line.

Note: rims with the same ET are to be used on the vehicle.


228

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND C

ONTR

OLS

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSCOLD TYRE INFLATION PRESSURE (bar)

Petrol versions

STANDARD TYRES Space-averSize Medium load Full load spare wheel

Front Rear Front Rear

205/55 R16 91V 2.4 2.4 2.7 2.6

1.8 215/55 R16 93W 2.4 2.4 2.5 2.5 4.2

215/50 R17 91W 2.4 2.4 2.6 2.6

205/55 R16 91V 2.4 2.4 2.8 2.7

215/55 R16 93W 2.4 2.4 2.5 2.52.2

215/50 R17 91W 2.4 2.4 2.7 2.64.2

225/45 R18 95W 2.4 2.4 2.7 2.6

205/55 R16 91V 2.4 2.4 2.7 2.6

215/55 R16 93W 2.4 2.4 2.5 2.52.2 a.t.

215/50 R17 91W 2.4 2.4 2.6 2.54.2

225/45 R18 95W 2.4 2.4 2.6 2.5

Add +0.3 bar to the prescribed inflation pressure when the tyres are warm. Recheck pressure value with cold tyres.

With snow tyres, add +0.2 bar to the inflation pressure value prescribed for standard tyres.

If travelling at a speed higher than 160 km/h, inflate tyres at the values specified for fully laden conditions.


229

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND C

ONTR

OLS

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NS

Multijet versions

STANDARD TYRES Space-saverSize Medium load Full load spare wheel

Front Rear Front Rear

205/55 R16 91V 2.4 2.4 2.7 2.6

215/55 R16 93W 2.4 2.4 2.5 2.51.9 Multijet 8V

215/50 R17 91W 2.4 2.4 2.6 2.54.2

225/45 R18 95W 2.4 2.4 2.6 2.5

205/55 R16 91V 2.4 2.4 2.8 2.7

215/55 R16 93W 2.4 2.4 2.5 2.51.9 Multijet 16V

215/50 R17 91W 2.4 2.4 2.7 2.64.2

225/45 R18 95W 2.4 2.4 2.6 2.5

205/55 R16 91V 2.4 2.4 2.7 2.6

1.9 Multijet 16V 215/55 R16 93W 2.4 2.4 2.5 2.5a.t. 215/50 R17 91W 2.4 2.4 2.7 2.6

4.2

225/45 R18 95W 2.4 2.4 2.6 2.5

2.4 Multijet 20V 215/50 R17 95W 2.6 2.5 2.9 2.74.2a.t. 225/45 R18 95W 2.6 2.5 2.8 2.6

Add +0.3 bar to the prescribed inflation pressure when the tyres are warm. Recheck pressure value with cold tyres.

With snow tyres, add +0.2 bar to the inflation pressure value prescribed for standard tyres.

If travelling at a speed higher than 160 km/h, inflate tyres at the values specified for fully laden conditions.


DIMENSIONS

Dimensions are expressed in mm and re-fer to the car fitted with standard tyres.

The height refers to the car unladen.

Boot volume

Unladen boot volume (V.D.A. standards) 500 dm3

Extended boot volume (with folded seat back) 893 dm3

230

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND C

ONTR

OLS

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NS

Versions A B C D E F G H

1.8 - 2.2 - 2.2 c.a.1.9 Multijet 8V 4783 1046 2700 1037 1603 (*) 1524 (▼) 1775 1505 (▼)1.9 Multijet 16V

2.4 Multijet 20V c.a.

(*) 1623 with roof racks; track measurements may vary according to rim size.

(▼) On ground with 3 passengers

A

CB D

E

F

G

H

fig. 5 F0L0536m


231

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND C

ONTR

OLS

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NS

PERFORMANCE

Top admitted speed after initial car use in km/h.

PETROL VERSIONS

1.8 2.2 2.2 a.t.

206 210 205

MULTIJET VERSIONS

1.9 Multijet 8V 1.9 Multijet 16V 1.9 Multijet 16V a.t. 2.4 Multijet 20V a.t.

195 210 205 (200*) 216



232

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND C

ONTR

OLS

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NS

1.8

1430

520

110010301950

1500700

80

70

2.2

1510

520

110010302030

1500700

80

70

2.2 a.t.

1530

520

110010302050

1500700

80

70

WEIGHTS

Weights (kg)

Kerb weight (including all fluids, fuel tank at 90% and with no optional)

Payload (*) including the driver:

Maximum admitted loads (**)– front axle:– rear axle:– total:

Towable loads– trailer with brakes:– trailer without brakes:

Maximum load on roof (***):

Maximum load on tow hitch(trailer with brakes):

(*) If special equipment is fitted (sunroof, tow hitch, etc.) the unladen car weight increases thus reducing the specified payload.

(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging the loads in the boot an/or on the roof so that they com-ply with these limits.

(***) Lineaccessori Fiat roof rack, max capacity: 50 kg.


233

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND C

ONTR

OLS

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NS

1.9 Multijet 8V

1520

520

115010302040

1500700

80

70

1.9 Multijet 16V

1530

520

115010302050

1500700

80

70


1540

520

115010302060

1500700

80

70


1650

520

120010302170

1500700

80

70

Weights (kg)

Kerb weight (including all fluids, fuel tank at 90% and with no optional)

Payload (*) including the driver:

Maximum admitted loads (**)– front axle:– rear axle:– total:

Towable loads– trailer with brakes:– trailer without brakes:

Maximum load on roof (***):

Maximum load on tow hitch(trailer with brakes):

(*) If special equipment is fitted (sunroof, tow hitch, etc.) the unladen car weight increases thus reducing the specified payload.

(**) Loads not to be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging the loads in the boot an/or on the roof so that they com-ply with these limits.

(***) Lineaccessori Fiat roof rack, max capacity: 50 kg.


234

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND C

ONTR

OLS

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSCAPACITIES

Fuel tank: including a reserve of:

Engine cooling system– with climate control:

Engine sump and filter:

Mechanical gearbox and differential:

Hydraulic brake circuitwith ABS:

Electrohydraulic power steering circuit:

Windscreen/rear window/headlight washer fluid reservoir: (*)

(*) The values in brackets refer to versions with headlight washers.

(▲) For particularly hard climate conditions, we recommend use of a 60% PARAFLUUP and 40% demineralized water mixture.

1.8litres kg

62 –7 - 9 –

7.4 –

4.5 –

1.6 1.3

– 0.750

0.7 0.59

3 (5) –

2.2litres kg

62 –7 - 9 –

7.4 –

5 –

1.8 1.5

– 0.750

0.9 0.75

3 (5) –

2.2 a.t.litres kg

62 –7 - 9 –

7.4 –

5 –

– –

– 0.750

0.9 0.75

3 (5) –

Recommended products andgenuine lubricants

Unleaded petrol with no less than 95 R.O.N (EN228 Specification)

Mixture of 50% demineralised wa-ter and 50% PARAFLU UP (▲)

SELENIA K P.E.

TUTELA CAR TECHNYXTUTELA CAR MATRIX

TUTELA TOP 4

Contact a Fiat Dealership

TUTELA PROFESSIONALSC 35


235

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND C

ONTR

OLS

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NS

Fuel tank:including a reserve of:

Engine cooling system– with climate control:

Engine sump and filter:

Mechanical gearbox and differential:

Hydraulic brake circuitwith ABS:

Electrohydraulic power steering circuit:

Windscreen/rear window/headlight washer fluid reservoir: (*)

(*) The values in brackets refer to versions with headlight washers.

(▲) For particularly hard climate conditions, we recommend use of a 60% PARAFLU UP and 40% demineralized water mixture.

Recommended products andgenuine lubricants

Diesel fuel for motor vehicles (Specification EN 590)

Mixture of 50% demineralised water and 50% PARAFLU UP

SELENIA WR

TUTELA CAR TECHNYXTUTELA CAR MATRIX

TUTELA TOP 4

Contact a Fiat Dealership


1.9 Multijet8V

litres kg

62 –7 - 9 –

7.7 –

4.5 –

1.9 1.6

– 0.750

0.7 0.59

3 (5) –

1.9 Multijet 16V

litres kg

62 –7 - 9 –

7.7 –

4.5 –

1.9 1.6

– 0.750

0.7 0.59

3 (5) –


litres kg

62 –7 - 9 –

7.7 –

4.5 –

– –

– 0.750

0.7 0.59

3 (5) –

2.4 Multijet20V a.t.

litres kg

62 –7 - 9 –

8.4 –

5.4 –

– –

– 0.750

0.7 0.59

3 (5) –


236

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND C

ONTR

OLS

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NS

For diesel versions, in the case of emergency when original products are not available, lubricants with a minimum performance ofACEA B4 are acceptable; in this case, optimal engine performance is not guaranteed and it is recommended to have them replacedwith a recommended lubricant as soon as possible at the Fiat Service Network.

The use of products with inferior characteristics compared to ACEA C3 and ACEA B4 could cause damage, not covered by theguarantee, to the engine.

For particularly rigid climatic conditions ask the Fiat Dealership for the appropriate product from the Selenia range.

FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS

RECOMMENDED PRODUCTS AND THEIR SPECIFICATIONS

Use Fluid and lubricant specifications Genuine fluids Changefor correct car operation and lubricants intervals

Oils for petrolengines

Oils for dieselengines

As per ServiceSchedule

As per ServiceSchedule

SELENIA K P.E.Contractual Technical Reference N° F603.C07

SELENIA WRContractual Technical Reference N° F515.D06

Synthetic-based oils, grade SAE 5W-40 ACEA C3.FIAT 9.55535-S2 qualification.

Synthetic-based oils, grade SAE 5W-40FIAT 9.55535- N2 qualification.


237

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND C

ONTR

OLS

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NS

Lubricants and greases fortransmissions

Protective agentfor radiators

TUTELA CAR TECHNYX

TUTELA CARMATRYX

TUTELA STAR 700

TUTELA ALL STAR

TUTELA TOP 4

PARAFLU UP (●)

TUTELA DIESEL ART


Windscreen/rear window/headlightwasher fluid

Brakefluid

Additive fordiesel fuel

Synthetic-based oil, grade SAE 75W-85that passes API GL-4 PLUS, FIAT 9.55550 specifications.

Synthetic-based oil, grade SAE 75W-85that passes API GL-4 specifications

Specifc grease to be used for constant-velocity joints with low friction coefficient. N.L.G.I. 0-1 consistency.

Grease containing Molybdenum bisulphide for high temperature appliances. N.L.G.I. 1-2 consistency.

Synthetic fluid, FMVSS n° 116 DOT 4, ISO 4925SAE J1704, CUNA NC 956-01

Protective with antifreeze action, red colour based on inhibited monoethylen glycol and organic formula,that passes CUNA NC 956-16, ASTM D 3306 specifications.

Additive for diesel fuels with protective action for Diesel engines

Mixture of alcohol and surfactants CUNA NC 956-11

Use Fluid and lubricant specifications Genuine fluids Applicationsfor correct car operation and lubricants

(●) IMPORTANT Do not add or mix fluids having different specifications from that already existing.(❑) For particularly hard climate conditions, we recommend use of a 60% PARAFLU UP and 40% demineralized water mixture.

Mechanical gearbox and differential

Mechanical gearbox and differential

CV joints on differential side

CV joints on wheel side

Brake and clutch hydraulic controls

Radiator antifreeze propor-tion: 50% distilled water and50% PARAFLU UP (❑)

To be used diluted or undiluted

To be mixed with diesel fuel(25 cc per 10 litres)


❒ extra-urban cycle: frequent accel-erating in all gears, simulating extrau-rban use of the car; the speed variesbetween 0 and 120 km/h;

❒ combined consumption: is calcu-lated weighing about 37% of urban cy-cle consumption and about 63% ofextraurban consumption.

FUEL CONSUMPTION

The fuel consumption figures given in thetable below are determined on the basisof the homologation tests set down byspecific European Directives.

The procedures below are followed formeasuring consumption:

❒ urban cycle: cold starting followedby driving that simulates urban use ofthe car;

238

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND C

ONTR

OLS

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NSIMPORTANT The type of route, trafficsituations, weather conditions, drivingstyle, general conditions of the car, trimlevel/equipment/accessories, load, climatecontrol system, roof rack, other situationsthat affect air drag may lead to differentfuel consumption levels than those mea-sured.


239

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND C

ONTR

OLS

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NS

Fuel consumption according to Directive 1999/100/EC (litres x 100 km)

Petrol versions

1.8 2.2 2.2 a.t.

Urban 9.8 11.4 12.5

Extra-urban 6.0 6.7 7.6

Combined 7.4 8.4 9.4

Multijet versions


Urban 7.9 8.1 9.3 10.3

Extra-urban 5.0 4.9 5.8 5.4

Combined 6.1 6.1 7.1 7.2


240

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND C

ONTR

OLS

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NS

Multijet versions


160 160 187 191

CO2 EMISSIONS

The CO2, emission levels at the exhaust given in the following table refer to combined consumption.

CO2 emissions according to 1999/100/EC Directive (g/km)

Petrol versions

1.8 2.2 2.2 a.t.

175 199 222


241

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND C

ONTR

OLS

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NS

Certification number

T194 NTR194

European Union and Countries applying EC directive

Morocco

South Africa

RADIO FREQUENCY REMOTE CONTROL: Ministerial Certifications

AGREE PAR L’ANRT MAROC MR 2061 ANRT 2005 le 03/06/2005

Désignation : EmetteurMarque / type : TRW / T194

Constructeur / Pays : TRW Automotive Italia SPA / Italy

AGREE PAR L’ANRT MAROC MR 2062 ANRT 2005 le 03/06/2005Désignation : Emetteur / recepteurMarque / type : TRW / NTR194

Constructeur / Pays : TRW Automotive Italia SPA / Italy

TA-2005/817APPROVATED

TA-2005/816APPROVATED


242

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

INDE

XDA

SHBO

ARD

AND C

ONTR

OLS

SAFE

TYDE

VICE

SCO

RREC

T USE

OF TH

E CAR

IN A

NEM

ERGE

NCY

CAR

MAIN

TENA

NCE

TECH

NICA

LSP

ECIFI

CATIO

NS


243

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

IINDE

X

Boot hatch............................................. 84– emergency opening ....................... 85

Boot light ............................................... 180Boot........................................................ 84

– baggage cover shade ..................... 87– double load compartment ........... 88– emergency opening ....................... 85– enlargement .................................... 85– load anchoring................................ 89– opening and closing....................... 84– repositioning the rear seat .......... 88

Brake Assist (emergency braking assistance) .......................................... 87

Brake fluid– insufficient brake liquid warning

light ................................................... 146– level check....................................... 206

Brakes– brake pad wear warning light...... 156– characteristics ................................ 224– Hill Holder failure warning light . 154– liquid level ....................................... 206

Car radio.............................................. 100– antenna ........................................... 101– audio system .................................. 100– Hi-Fi system ................................... 101

Car seats (suitability of use) .............. 115Ceiling lights

– boot ceiling light lamp replacement .................................... 180

– central light ..................................... 70

– courtesy lights ................................ 70– courtesy mirror ceiling light lamp

replacement .................................... 179– door clearance/puddle ceiling

light lamp replacement ................. 180– front ................................................. 70– front ceiling light lamp

replacement .................................... 178– glove compartment ceiling light

lamp replacement .......................... 179– rear .................................................. 70– side rear ceiling light lamp

replacement .................................... 181Changing a lamp................................... 169Changing a wheel................................. 159Chassis (marking)................................. 219Child safety device............................... 81Cigar lighter .......................................... 76CO2 emissions ..................................... 240Code Card ............................................ 10Constant speed regulator

(Cruise Control) .............................. 68Consumption

– engine oil ......................................... 204– fuel........................................... 238-239

Courtesy mirror– ceiling light lamp replacement..... 179

Courtesy mirror ceiling lights ........... 179Cruise Control (constant speed

regulator) ........................................... 68– constant speed regulator warning

light (Cruise Control) ................. 156

ABS ...................................................... 94– ABS system failure warning light 148

ABS system ........................................... 94Additional heater ................................. 61Air bag

– air bag failure warning light.......... 146Air filter (replacement) ...................... 207Alarm...................................................... 14

– alarm failure warning light ........... 151– break-in attempt warning light ... 151

Antenna ................................................ 101Antilifting (protection)........................ 15Ashtray (front/rear) ............................ 77ASR system ........................................... 97ASR ......................................................... 97Automatic air conditioner ................. 52Automatic headlamp sensor

(twilight sensor) ................................ 64

Backing light......................................... 176Battery

– battery recharging ......................... 190– checking the charge status........... 208– insufficient battery recharge

warning light ................................... 148– replacing the battery..................... 208– startup with an auxiliary battery 158– useful advice for extending

battery life ....................................... 209Body

– maintenance.................................... 213– version codes ................................. 220

IIINNDDEEXX


244

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X– excessive temperature warning

light ................................................... 148– level check....................................... 204

Engine cooling system liquid level .... 204Engine hood .......................................... 90Engine oil

– characteristics ................................ 236– consumption................................... 204– degraded oil warning light ........... 149– insufficient engine oil pressure

warning light ................................... 149– level check....................................... 203– minimum engine oil level warning

light ................................................... 156Engine oil level...................................... 203Environmental protection.................. 105EOBD (system) .................................... 98EOBD system ....................................... 98ESP (system) ......................................... 96ESP system ............................................ 96

– ESP system failure warning light . 154Exterior lamp replacement................ 173Exterior lights

– control ............................................. 62– exterior lights failure warning

light ................................................... 152

Fiat CODE (system) .......................... 9– electronic key not recognised

warning light ................................... 151– vehicle protection system failure

warning light ................................... 151Fiat CODE system............................... 9Fix & go automatic

(rapid tyre repair kit) ...................... 165

Flashing................................................... 63Fog light

– orientation ...................................... 94Follow me home (device) .................. 64Front air bags........................................ 118

– front driver’s side air bag............. 119– front passenger’s side air bag...... 120– driver’s side knee air bag ............. 120– general warnings ............................ 124– turning off the passenger side

front and side chest protection air bags (Side Bags) ...................... 121

– passenger side front and side chest protection air bag warnings light (Side Bag) off ........................ 147

Front armrest with storage box and cooled compartment................ 74

Front ceiling lights– control ............................................. 70– lamp replacement .......................... 178

Front fog lights– control ............................................. 71– fog lights warning light.................. 154– lamp replacement .......................... 175

Front optical units– lamp replacement .......................... 173

Fuel– consumption................................... 238– fuel block switch ........................... 72– fuel reserve warning light ........... 150– level indicator................................. 21– saving fuel ....................................... 138

Fuel block switch and electric powersupply ................................................. 72

Fuel hatch .............................................. 104

Cup holder compartments ................ 76Cup/can holder .................................... 76

Dashboard and controls ................... 4Dead lock (device) .............................. 16Diesel filter

– condensate water drain ............... 207– water in diesel filter warning

light ................................................... 151Diesel Particulate Filter ..................... 106Dimensions ........................................... 230Door clearance/puddle light.............. 180Doors ..................................................... 81

– centralized closing ......................... 81– child safety device.......................... 81– emergency closing ......................... 13– emergency opening ....................... 13– incomplete door closure

warning light ................................... 149

EBD (system)– EBD system failure warning light 148

Electric socket ...................................... 77Electric window regulators

– controls ........................................... 82Emergency lights .................................. 71Engine

– identification code ......................... 220– marking ............................................ 219– typical data ...................................... 221

Engine compartment (washing) ........ 215Engine coolant temperature indicator 21Engine cooling system liquid


245

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

IINDE

X

Identification data................................ 218Ignition device....................................... 19In an emergency................................... 157Injection system

– EOBD engine control system failure warning light....................... 149

– injection system failure warning light ................................................... 149

Instrument dashboard......................... 5Instrument panel .................................. 6Interior equipment .............................. 74Interiors

– maintenance.................................... 215Isofix Universal (car seat) .................. 117“Isofix Universale” car seat ............... 117

– installation presetting.................... 117– suitability of use ............................. 118

Keys....................................................... 10– emergency key.................................. 13– key with remote control ................ 11

Lamps (replacement)– exterior lamp replacement.......... 173– general information....................... 169– interior lamp replacement........... 178– lamp types ....................................... 170

Level checks.......................................... 198Levels

– level checks..................................... 198License plate lights

– lamp replacement .......................... 1783rd stop lights....................................... 177Liquids and lubricants ......................... 236

Load (anchoring).................................. 89Long vehicle inactivity......................... 144Low beams

– control ............................................. 62– Follow Me Home........................... 154– lamp replacement .......................... 173– low beam light warning light ....... 154

Lubricants .............................................. 236

Maintenance and care– Demanding vehicle use................. 197– periodical checks ........................... 197– planned maintenance .................... 194– Scheduled Maintenance Plan ....... 195

Manual air conditioner........................ 49Maximum speed ................................... 231Money holder ....................................... 76Multifunctional display ....................... 22

– control buttons.............................. 22– display functions............................. 28– setup menu .................................... 23– standard screen.............................. 22

On board instruments....................... 20

Paint (maintenance) ........................... 214Parking brake ........................................ 131

– parking brake engaged warning light-.................................................. 146

Parking lights......................................... 72Parking sensors .................................... 102Parking.................................................... 131

– parking brake.................................. 131Passenger compartment air

diffusers ............................................... 48

Fuel level indicator .............................. 21Fuel reserve

– fuel reserve warning light ........... 150Fuel tank plug........................................ 104Fuses

– fuse replacement ........................... 181– fuse table ......................................... 186

Generic warning light ........................ 152Glasses holder ...................................... 76Glove compartment light................... 179Glove compartment............................ 75

– ceiling light lamp replacement..... 179

Head rests– front ................................................. 42– rear .................................................. 42

Headlamps............................................. 93– headlamp adjustment overseas... 94– headlamp stability corrector ....... 93– light beam orientation .................. 93

Headlight washer-wiper– control ............................................. 67– liquid level ....................................... 205

Heated rear window– heated rear window warning

light ................................................... 151Heating and air conditioning ............. 47Heating/air conditioning system ....... 47High-beam headlights

– control ............................................. 62– flashing ............................................. 63– high beam light warning light....... 155– lamp replacement .......................... 174


Rear fog light......................................... 72– rear fog light warning light........... 152

Rear optical units– fixed side optical unit.................... 176– lamp replacement .......................... 175– optical unit on boot hatch ........... 175

Rear sunshade curtains....................... 78Rear view mirrors

– electrochromic interior .............. 44– exterior .......................................... 44– interior ........................................... 44

Rear window washer-wiper– control ............................................. 67– liquid level ....................................... 205

Rear window wiper– brush ................................................ 212– control ............................................. 67– sprayers ........................................... 213

Reconfigurable multifunctional display ................................................. 25– control buttons.............................. 25– display functions............................. 28– setup menu .................................... 25– standard screen.............................. 26

Refuelling ............................................... 234Regulations for vehicle handling at

the end of its life cycle ..................... 247Roof rack/ski rack................................ 92Rubber piping (warnings) ................... 211

S.B.R. (system) .................................... 109Safety ...................................................... 107Saving fuel .............................................. 138

Seat belts– general warnings ............................ 111– load limiters .................................... 110– maintenance.................................... 112– seat belts not fastened warning

light ................................................... 147– use .................................................... 108

Seats– adjustment “at the table”............. 40– cleaning ............................................ 215– electrically adjusted front ........... 41– manually adjusted front ............... 39– rear .................................................. 42

Side air bags .......................................... 122– front and rear side chest

protection air bags (Side bags) .. 122 – head protection side air bags

(Window Bags) .............................. 122– general warnings ............................ 124– turning off the front and rear side

chest protection air bags (Side bags) ...................................... 123

– rear side chest protection air bagwarning lights (Rear Side Bags) off ..................................................... 156

Smokers kit ........................................... 76Snow chains .......................................... 143Spark plugs

– spark plug preheating failure warning light ................................... 150

– spark plug preheating warning light ................................................... 150

Spark plugs (type) ................................ 221Speedometer ........................................ 21Starting and driving.............................. 127

Performance ......................................... 231Plates

– body paint ....................................... 219– identification data .......................... 218

Pollen filter (replacement) ................. 207Position lights

– control ............................................. 62– front lamp replacement................ 174– position light warning light .......... 154– rear lamp replacement ................. 177

Power steering– failure warning light....................... 149– liquid................................................. 205

Power steering liquid– level check....................................... 205

Power steering liquid level................. 205Power supply

– Technical data ................................ 223Presetting for “Isofix Universale”

car seat installation .......................... 117Pretensioners........................................ 110

– load limiters .................................... 110– warnings........................................... 111

Provided tools ...................................... 162

Radio frequency remote control: Ministerial Certification ................... 241

Radio transmitters and cell phones . 101Rain sensor............................................ 66Rear armrest......................................... 75Rear ceiling lights

– control ............................................. 70– lamp replacement .......................... 181

246

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

INDE

X


Transmission– Technical data ................................ 223

Transporting children safely .............. 112Trip computer...................................... 36Turn signals

– control ............................................. 63– cornering lights .............................. 63– front lamp replacement................ 174– lane change function ..................... 63– left turn signal warning light ........ 154– rear lamp replacement ................. 176– right turn signal warning light ..... 154– side lamp replacement.................. 175

Tyre pressure ....................................... 228Tyres

– correct tyre reading...................... 225– provided ......................................... 227– snow................................................. 142– wheel replacement........................ 159

User purchased accessories ............ 101

Vehicle inactivity................................. 144Vehicle lifting......................................... 190Vehicle refuelling.................................. 103Vehicle towing...................................... 191Volumetric protection........................ 15

Warning lights and messages .......... 145– general warnings ............................ 146

Weight ................................................... 232Wheel

– Fix & go automatic rapid tyre repair kit ......................................... 165

– replacement .................................... 159– spare (characteristics) .................. 227

Wheel alignment.................................. 225Wheel rims

– correct rim reading....................... 226Wheels and tyres................................. 210

– cold inflating pressure................... 228– correct rim reading....................... 226– correct tyre reading...................... 225– rims and tyres ................................ 225– rims and tyres ................................ 227– spare wheel..................................... 225– wheel alignment ............................. 225

Window cleaning ................................. 65Windows (cleaning) ............................ 215Windscreen washer

– control ............................................. 65– liquid level ....................................... 205

Windscreen washer/rear window washer-wiper/headlight washer-wiper liquid– level check....................................... 205

Windscreen washer/rear window washer-wiper/headlight washer-wiper liquid level................. 205

Windscreen wiper– brushes ............................................ 212– control ............................................. 65– rain sensor ...................................... 66– sprayers ........................................... 213

Windscreen wiper and rear windowwiper brushes .................................... 212

Starting the engine............................... 128– coasting startup.............................. 159– heating the just started engine.... 130– ignition device ................................ 17– procedure for gasoline versions... 128– procedure for Multijet versions ... 129– startup with an auxiliary battery... 158– turning off the engine ................... 130

Steering (characteristics).................... 224Steering lock ......................................... 19Steering wheel (adjustment).............. 43Storage box........................................... 76Sun roof ................................................. 78Sun visor ................................................ 77Suspensions (characteristics)............. 224Symbols.................................................. 8

T.P.M.S. system (tyre pressure control) .................... 99

Table (seat) ........................................... 40Tachometer .......................................... 20Technical data....................................... 217Trailer towing....................................... 139

– assembly diagram........................... 141– tow hook installation.................... 140– warnings........................................... 139

Transmission– automatic transmission failure

warning light ................................... 155– maximum automatic transmission

oil temperature warning light ..... 155– using the automatic electronic

transmission.................................... 133– using the manual transmission .... 132

247

WAR

NING

LIGHT

S AND

MESS

AGES

DASH

BOAR

DAN

D CON

TROL

SSA

FETY

DEVI

CES

CORR

ECT U

SEOF

THE C

ARIN

AN

EMER

GENC

YCA

RMA

INTE

NANC

ETE

CHNI

CAL

SPEC

IFICA

TIONS

IINDE

X


RIGHT HAND DRIVE VERSIONS

DASHBOARD

The presence and the position of the instruments and warning lights may vary according to the versions.

1. Side air vent - 2. Right steering column stalk: windscreen, rear window wiper and trip computer controls - 3. Instrument paneland warning lights - 4. Left steering column stalk: external lights - 5. Central air vents - 6. Sound system - 7. Front passenger air bag -8. Glovebox - 9. Heating/ventilation/climate controls - 10. Gearshift lever - 11. Cruise control lever - 12. Driver’s knees air bag -13. Driver’s air bag - 14. Control unit access door - 15. Control plate.

F0L0517mfig. 1

248


249

INSTRUMENT PANEL

F0L0509m

fig. 2

F0L0508m

1.8 - 1.9 Multijet 8V versions withmultifunctional displayA Speedometer (speed indicator)B Fuel level gauge with reserve



D Rev counterE multifunctional display



1.8 - 1.9 Multijet 8V withreconfigurable multifunctional displayA Speedometer (speed indicator)B Fuel level gauge with reserve









F0L0511m

fig. 3

F0L0510m

2.2 - 1.9 Multijet 16V versions - 2.4 Multijet 20V with multifunctionaldisplayA Speedometer (speed indicator)B Fuel level gauge with reserve warning

lightC Engine coolant temperature gauge and

excessive temperature warning light D Rev counterE Multifunctional display

mcWarning lights fitted on Multijetversions

tWarning light fitted on versions withautomatic transmission

2.2 - 1.9 Multijet 16V - 2.4 Multijet 20Vwith reconfigurable multifunctionaldisplay A Speedometer (speed indicator)B Fuel level gauge with reserve warning

lightC Engine coolant temperature gauge and

excessive temperature warning light D Rev counterE Reconfigurable multifunctional display

mcWarning lights fitted on Multijetversions

tWarning light fitted on versions withautomatic transmission



250


PROVISIONS FOR THE PROCESSING OF A VEHICLE AT THE END OF ITS LIFE-CYCLE

For years now Fiat has been developing its global commitment towards the safeguarding and protection of the Environment throughthe continuous improvement of its production processes and the making of increasingly more “eco friendly” products. With a view toguaranteeing the best possible service to clients in full observance of environmental standards and in response to the obligations im-posed by European Directive 2000/53/EC on end-of-life vehicles, Fiat offers its clients the possibility to hand in their vehicle* at the endof its life span without additional costs.

The European Directive, in fact, provides for the take-back of the vehicle without the last holder or owner of the same incurring expenses due to the fact that the market value of the vehicle is zero or negative. In particular, in almost all of the countries of the European Union, up until 1st January 2007, take-back of the vehicle free of charge only applies to vehicles registered from 1 July 2002on, while, from 2007 on, take-back will be carried out free of charge, independently of the year of registration, provided that the vehi-cle still contains all its essential component parts (especially engine and body) and is free from additional waste materials.

Our contracted network of authorised treatment facilities has been carefully selected in order to provide a quality service to our cus-tomers by de-polluting and recycling “End of Life Vehicles” to approved environmental standards. To find out the location of yournearest authorised treatment facility, offering free of charge take-back, simply contact one of our dealers or refer to the Fiat web siteor call the toll free number 00800 3428 0000.

* Passenger transportation vehicles to seat a max. of nine persons, having a total admissible weight of 3.5 t


NNOOTTEESS





Fiat Group Automobiles S.p.A. - Servizi al Cliente - Assistenza Tecnica - Ingegneria Assistenziale - Largo Senatore G. Agnelli, 5 - 10040 Volvera - Torino (Italia)Print N. 603.81.275 - 09/2007 - 1st edition

FUEL CAPACITY Tank capacity: 62 litres Riserve: 7 - 9 litresOnly refuel cars with petrol engines with unleaded petrol with octane rating (RON) not less than 95.Only refuel cars with diesel engines with diesel fuel for motor vehicles conforming to the EN590 European Specification

STANDARD TYRES SPAREVersions Size Medium load Full load WHEEL

Front Rear Front Rear205/55 R16 91V 2.4 2.4 2.7 2.6

1.8 215/55 R16 93W 2.4 2.4 2.5 2.5 4.2215/50 R17 91W 2.4 2.4 2.6 2.6205/55 R16 91V 2.4 2.4 2.8 2.7215/55 R16 93W 2.4 2.4 2.5 2.5

2.2 215/50 R17 91W 2.4 2.4 2.7 2.6 4.2

225/45 R18 95W 2.4 2.4 2.7 2.6205/55 R16 91V 2.4 2.4 2.7 2.6

2.2 a.t. 215/55 R16 93W 2.4 2.4 2.5 2.51.9 Multijet 8V 215/50 R17 91W 2.4 2.4 2.6 2.5 4.2

225/45 R18 95W 2.4 2.4 2.6 2.5205/55 R16 91V 2.4 2.4 2.8 2.7215/55 R16 93W 2.4 2.4 2.5 2.5

1.9 Multijet 16V 215/50 R17 91W 2.4 2.4 2.7 2.6 4.2

225/45 R18 95W 2.4 2.4 2.6 2.5205/55 R16 91V 2.4 2.4 2.7 2.6215/55 R16 93W 2.4 2.4 2.5 2.51.9 Multijet 16V a.t.215/50 R17 91W 2.4 2.4 2.7 2.6 4.2

225/45 R18 95W 2.4 2.4 2.6 2.5

2.4 Multijet 20V a.t. 215/50 R17 95W 2.6 2.5 2.9 2.74.2

225/45 R18 95W 2.6 2.5 2.8 2.6

COLD TYRE INFLATION PRESSURE (bar)

ENGINE OIL REPLACEMENT2.2 2.2 a.t. 1.9 Multijet 8V 1.9 Multijet 16V 1.9 Multijet 16V a.t. 2.4 Multijet 20V a.t.

litres kg litres kg litres kg litres kg litres kg litres kg

Sump and filter 5 – 5 – 4.5 – 4.5 – 4.5 – 5.4 –


Documents

Fiat Croma Owner Handbook